Manual:Lua Functions
Here you can find a long list of all possible Lua functions and programming interfaces (API) that Mudlet offers. Due to the integrated Lua, you can also use all regular Lua functions. In the following page, we will explain the usage, expected behaviour and examples for the functions added in Mudlet.
Global variables
Mudlet defines several global Lua variables that are accessible from anywhere.
Built-in Lua Variables | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Variable Name | Description | ||||
command
|
This variable holds the current user command, i.e. unchanged by any aliases or triggers. This is typically used in alias scripts. | ||||
line
|
This variable holds the content of the current line as being processed by the trigger engine. The engine runs all triggers on each line as it arrives from the MUD. | ||||
matches[n]
|
This Lua table is being used by Mudlet in the context of triggers that use Perl regular expressions.
matches[1] holds the entire match, matches[2] holds the first capture group, matches[n] holds the nth-1 capture group. If the Perl trigger indicated 'match all' (same effect as the Perl /g switch) to evaluate all possible matches of the given regex within the current line, matches[n+1] will hold the second entire match, matches[n+2] the first capture group of the second match and matches[n+m] the m-th capture group of the second match. | ||||
multimatches[n][m]
|
This table is being used by Mudlet in the context of multiline triggers that use Perl regular expression. It holds the table matches[n] as described above for each Perl regular expression based condition of the multiline trigger. multimatches[5][4] may hold the 3rd capture group of the 5th regex in the multiline trigger. This way you can examine and process all relevant data within a single script. |
There are other variables that hold MUD-protocol data that are global as well - see Supported Protocols.
Function Categories
Basic Essential Functions: These functions are generic functions used in normal scripting. These deal with mainly everyday things, like sending stuff and echoing to the screen.
Database Functions: A collection of functions for helping deal with the database.
Date/Time Functions: A collection of functions for handling Date & Time.
File System Functions: A collection of functions for interacting with the file system.
Mapper Functions: A collection of functions that manipulate the mapper and its related features.
Miscellaneous Functions: Miscellaneous functions.
Scripting Object Functions: A collection of arrows that manipulate Mudlets scripting objects - triggers, aliases, and so forth.
Networking Functions: A collection of functions for managing networking.
String Functions: These functions are used to manipulate strings.
Text Functions: These functions are used to access a selected Mudlet/System provided dictionary and a user dictionary that can be specific to a profile or shared between those that chose the shared option.
Table Functions: These functions are used to manipulate tables. Through them you can add to tables, remove values, check if a value is present in the table, check the size of a table, and more.
Text to Speech Functions: These functions are used to create sound from written words. Check out our Text-To-Speech Manual for more detail on how this all works together.
UI Functions: These functions are used to construct custom user GUIs. They deal mainly with miniconsole/label/gauge creation and manipulation as well as displaying or formatting information on the screen.
Basic Essentials
These functions are generic functions used in normal scripting. These deal with mainly everyday things, like sending stuff and echoing to the screen.
send
- send(command, showOnScreen)
- This sends "command" directly to the network layer, skipping the alias matching. The optional second argument of type boolean (print) determines if the outgoing command is to be echoed on the screen.
See also: sendAll()
Note: If you want your command to be checked as if it's an alias, use expandAlias() instead - send() will ignore them.
send( "Hello Jane" ) --echos the command on the screen
send( "Hello Jane", true ) --echos the command on the screen
send( "Hello Jane", false ) --does not echo the command on the screen
-- use a variable in the send:
send("kick "..target)
Note: Since Mudlet 3.17.1 the optional second argument to echo the command on screen will be ineffective whilst the game server has negotiated the telnet ECHO option to provide the echoing of text we send to him.
echo
- echo([miniconsoleName or labelName], text)
- This function appends text at the end of the current line.
- Parameters
- miniconsoleName: (optional) the miniconsole to echo to, or:
- labelName: (optional) the label to echo to.
- text: text you'd like to see printed. You can use \n in an echo to insert a new line. If you're echoing this to a label, you can also use styling to colour, center, increase/decrease size of text and various other formatting options as listed here.
See also: moveCursor(), insertText(), cecho(), decho(), hecho()
- Example
-- a miniconsole example
-- first, determine the size of your screen
local windowWidth, windowHeight = getMainWindowSize()
-- create the miniconsole
createMiniConsole("sys", windowWidth-650,0,650,300)
setBackgroundColor("sys",255,69,0,255)
setMiniConsoleFontSize("sys", 8)
-- wrap lines in window "sys" at 40 characters per line - somewhere halfway, as an example
setWindowWrap("sys", 40)
echo("sys","Hello world!\n")
cecho("sys", "<:OrangeRed>This is random spam with the same background\n")
cecho("sys", "<blue:OrangeRed>and this is with a blue foreground. ")
cecho("sys", "<bisque:BlueViolet>Lastly, this is with both a foreground and a background.\n")
-- a label example
-- This example creates a transparent overlay message box to show a big warning message "You are under attack!" in the middle
-- of the screen. Because the background color has a transparency level of 150 (0-255, with 0 being completely transparent
-- and 255 opaque) the background text can still be read through.
local width, height = getMainWindowSize()
createLabel("messageBox",(width/2)-300,(height/2)-100,250,150,1)
resizeWindow("messageBox",500,70)
moveWindow("messageBox", (width/2)-300,(height/2)-100 )
setBackgroundColor("messageBox", 255, 204, 0, 200)
echo("messageBox", [[<p style="font-size:35px"><b><center><font color="red">You are under attack!</font></center></b></p>]])
display
- display(content)
- This is much like echo, in that is will show text at your screen, not send anything to anywhere. However, it also works with other objects than just text, like a number, table, function, or even many arguments at once. This function is useful to easily take a look at the values of a lua table, for example. If a value is a string, it'll be in quotes, and if it's a number, it won't be quoted.
Note: Do not use this to display information to end-users. It may be hard to read. It is mainly useful for developing/debugging.
myTable = {} -- create an empty lua table
myTable.foo = "Hello there" -- add a text
myTable.bar = 23 -- add a number
myTable.ubar = function () echo("OK") end -- add more stuff
display( myTable ) -- take a look inside the table
debugc
- debugc(content)
- Again this will not send anything to anywhere. It will however print not to the main window, but only to the errors view. You need to open that window to see the message.
- See also: Errors View
Note: Do not use this to display information to end-users. It will be hard to find. It is mainly useful for developing/debugging.
debugc(" Trigger successful!")
-- Text will be shown in errors view, not to main window.
Database Functions
These database functions make using a database with Mudlet easier. They are in addition to the LuaSQL sqlite driver that's available directly within Mudlet (also see the LuaSQL manual for comparison).
For a tutorial on how to get started with the database functions, see here.
db:add
- db:add(sheet reference, table1, …, tableN)
- Adds one or more new rows to the specified sheet. If any of these rows would violate a UNIQUE index, a lua error will be thrown and execution will cancel. As such it is advisable that if you use a UNIQUE index, you test those values before you attempt to insert a new row.
- Returns nil plus the error message if the operation failed (so it won't raise an a runtime error in Mudlet).
- Example
--Each table is a series of key-value pairs to set the values of the sheet,
--but if any keys do not exist then they will be set to nil or the default value.
db:add(mydb.enemies, {name="Bob Smith", city="San Francisco"})
db:add(mydb.enemies,
{name="John Smith", city="San Francisco"},
{name="Jane Smith", city="San Francisco"},
{name="Richard Clark"})
- As you can see, all fields are optional.
db:aggregate
- db:aggregate(field reference, aggregate function, query, distinct)
- Returns the result of calling the specified aggregate function on the field and its sheet. The query is optional.
- The supported aggregate functions are:
- COUNT - Returns the total number of records that are in the sheet or match the query.
- AVG - Returns the average of all the numbers in the specified field.
- MAX - Returns the highest number in the specified field.
- MIN - Returns the lowest number in the specified field.
- TOTAL - Returns the value of adding all the contents of the specified field.
Note: You can supply a boolean true for the distinct argument since Mudlet 3.0 to filter by distinct values.
- Example
local mydb = db:get_database("my database")
echo(db:aggregate(mydb.enemies.name, "count"))
db:AND
- db:AND(sub-expression1, …, sub-expressionN)
- Returns a compound database expression that combines all of the simple expressions passed into it; these expressions should be generated with other db: functions such as db:eq, db:like, db:lt and the like.
- This compound expression will only find items in the sheet if all sub-expressions match.
db:between
- db:between(field reference, lower_bound, upper_bound)
- Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is a value between lower_bound and upper_bound. This only really makes sense for numbers and Timestamps.
db:close
- db:close(database name)
- Closes a database connection so it can't be used anymore.
db:create
- db:create(database name, schema table)
- Creates and/or modifies an existing database. This function is safe to define at a top-level of a Mudlet script: in fact it is reccommended you run this function at a top-level without any kind of guards. If the named database does not exist it will create it. If the database does exist then it will add any columns or indexes which didn’t exist before to that database (note that this does not currently work in Mudlet 2.1 due to a bug in Lua SQL. See below on how to deal with it). If the database already has all the specified columns and indexes, it will do nothing.
- The database will be called Database_<sanitized database name>.db and will be stored in the Mudlet configuration directory within your profile folder.
- Database tables are called sheets consistantly throughout this documentation, to avoid confusion with Lua tables.
- The schema table must be a Lua table array containing table dictionaries that define the structure and layout of each sheet
- Example
local mydb = db:create("combat_log",
{
kills = {
name = "",
area = "",
killed = db:Timestamp("CURRENT_TIMESTAMP"),
_index = { {"name", "area"} }
},
enemies = {
name = "",
city = "",
reason = "",
enemied = db:Timestamp("CURRENT_TIMESTAMP"),
_index = { "city" },
_unique = { "name" },
_violations = "IGNORE"
}
})
- The above will create a database with two sheets; the first is kills and is used to track every successful kill, with both where and when the kill happened. It has one index, a compound index tracking the combination of name and area. The second sheet has two indexes, but one is unique: it isn’t possible to add two items to the enemies sheet with the same name.
- For sheets with unique indexes, you may specify a _violations key to indicate how the db layer handle cases where the unique index is violated. The options you may use are:
- FAIL - the default. A hard error is thrown, cancelling the script.
- IGNORE - The command that would add a record that violates uniqueness just fails silently.
- REPLACE - The old record which matched the unique index is dropped, and the new one is added to replace it.
- Returns a reference of an already existing database. This instance can be used to get references to the sheets (and from there, fields) that are defined within the database. You use these references to construct queries.
- If a database has a sheet named enemies, you can obtain a reference to that sheet by simply doing:
local mydb = db:get_database("my database")
local enemies_ref = mydb.enemieslocal
local name_ref = mydb.enemies.name
Note: db:create() supports adding new columns and indexes to existing databases, but this functionality is currently broken in Mudlet 2.1 due to the underlying Lua SQL binding used being out of date. When you want to add a new column, you have several options:
- if you are just testing and getting setup, close Mudlet, and delete the Database_<sanitized database name>.db file in your Mudlet folder.
- if you've already gotten a script and have a fair bit of data with it, or users are already using your script and telling them to delete files on an upgrade is unreasonable, you can use direct SQL to add in a new column. WARNING, this is an expert option, and requires knowledge of SQL to accomplish. You must backup your database file before you start coding this in.
-- at first, update your db:create schema to have the new field.
-- then, we'll tell the database to create it if it doesn't exist
-- fetch the data we've got in our sample database
local test = db:fetch(ndb.db.people)
-- this requires at least one entry in the database to work
if next(test) then
local _,someperson = next(test)
-- in this example, we want to add an order key. If there is no key, means it doesn't exist yet, so it should be added.
if someperson.order == nil then
-- do not do the things you see here elsewhere else. This is a big hack/workaround.
local conn = db.__conn.namedb
-- order should be a text field, so note that we specify it's type with TEXT and the default value at the end with ""
local sql_add = [[ALTER TABLE people ADD COLUMN "order" TEXT NULL DEFAULT ""]]
conn:execute(sql_add)
conn:commit()
end
-- here is an another example, in one where we need to add a field that is a number
if someperson.dragon == nil then
local conn = db.__conn.namedb
-- observe that we use the REAL type by default instead and a default of 0
local sql_add = [[ALTER TABLE people ADD COLUMN "dragon" REAL NULL DEFAULT 0]]
conn:execute(sql_add)
conn:commit()
end
end
db:delete
- db:delete(sheet reference, query)
- Deletes rows from the specified sheet. The argument for query tries to be intelligent:
- If it is a simple number, it deletes a specific row by _row_id
- If it is a table that contains a _row_id (e.g., a table returned by db:get) it deletes just that record.
- Otherwise, it deletes every record which matches the query pattern which is specified as with b:get.
- If the query is simply true, then it will truncate the entire contents of the sheet.
- Example
enemies = db:fetch(mydb.enemies)
db:delete(mydb.enemies, enemies[1])
db:delete(mydb.enemies, enemies[1]._row_id)
db:delete(mydb.enemies, 5)
db:delete(mydb.enemies, db:eq(mydb.enemies.city, "San Francisco"))
db:delete(mydb.enemies, true)
- Those deletion commands will do in order:
- one When passed an actual result table that was obtained from db:fetch, it will delete the record for that table.
- two When passed a number, will delete the record for that _row_id. This example shows getting the row id from a table.
- three As above, but this example just passes in the row id directly.
- four Here, we will delete anything which matches the same kind of query as db:fetch uses-- namely, anyone who is in the city of San Francisco.
- five And finally, we will delete the entire contents of the enemies table.
db:eq
- db:eq(field reference, value)
- Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is equal to the value.
db:exp
- db:exp(string)
- Returns the string as-is to the database.
- Use this function with caution, but it is very useful in some circumstances. One of the most common of such is incrementing an existing field in a db:set() operation, as so:
db:set(mydb.enemies, db:exp("kills + 1"), db:eq(mydb.enemies.name, "Ixokai"))
- This will increment the value of the kills field for the row identified by the name Ixokai.
- But there are other uses, as the underlining database layer provides many functions you can call to do certain things. If you want to get a list of all your enemies who have a name longer then 10 characters, you may do:
db:fetch(mydb.enemies, db:exp("length(name) > 10"))
- Again, take special care with this, as you are doing SQL syntax directly and the library can’t help you get things right.
db:fetch
- db:fetch(sheet reference, query, order_by, descending)
- Returns a table array containing a table for each matching row in the specified sheet. All arguments but sheet are optional. If query is nil, the entire contents of the sheet will be returned.
- Query is a string which should be built by calling the various db: expression functions, such as db:eq, db:AND, and such. You may pass a SQL WHERE clause here if you wish, but doing so is very dangerous. If you don’t know SQL well, its best to build the expression.
- Query may also be a table array of such expressions, if so they will be AND’d together implicitly.
- The results that are returned are not in any guaranteed order, though they are usually the same order as the records were inserted. If you want to rely on the order in any way, you must pass a value to the order_by field. This must be a table array listing the fields you want to sort by. It can be { mydb.kills.area }, or { mydb.kills.area, mydb.kills.name }
- The results are returned in ascending (smallest to largest) order; to reverse this pass true into the final field.
- Example
db:fetch(mydb.enemies, nil, {mydb.enemies.city, mydb.enemies.name})
db:fetch(mydb.enemies, db:eq(mydb.enemies.city, "San Francisco"))
db:fetch(mydb.kills,
{db:eq(mydb.kills.area, "Undervault"),
db:like(mydb.kills.name, "%Drow%")}
)
- The first will fetch all of your enemies, sorted first by the city they reside in and then by their name.
- The second will fetch only the enemies which are in San Francisco.
- The third will fetch all the things you’ve killed in Undervault which have Drow in their name.
db:fetch_sql
- db:fetch_sql(sheet reference, sql string)
- Allows to run db:fetch with hand crafted sql statements.
db:gt
- db:gt(field reference, value)
- Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is greater than to the value.
db:get_database
- db:get_database(database_name)
- Returns your database name.
- Example
local mydb = db:get_database("my database")
db:gte
- db:gte(field reference, value)
- Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is greater than or equal to the value.
db:in_
- db:in_(field reference, table array)
- Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is one of the values in the table array.
- First, note the trailing underscore carefully! It is required.
- The following example illustrates the use of in_:
local mydb = db:get_database("my database")
local areas = {"Undervault", "Hell", "Purgatory"}
db:fetch(mydb.kills, db:in_(mydb.kills.area, areas))
- This will obtain all of your kills which happened in the Undervault, Hell or Purgatory. Every db:in_ expression can be written as a db:OR, but that quite often gets very complex.
db:is_nil
- db:is_nil(field reference)
- Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is nil.
db:is_not_nil
- db:is_not_nil(field reference)
- Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is not nil.
db:like
- db:like(field reference, pattern)
- returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet matches the specified pattern.
- LIKE patterns are not case-sensitive, and allow two wild cards. The first is an underscore which matches any single one character. The second is a percent symbol which matches zero or more of any character.
- LIKE with "_" is therefore the same as the "." regular expression.
- LIKE with "%" is therefore the same as ".*" regular expression.
db:lt
- db:lt(field reference, value)
- Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is less than the value.
db:lte
- db:lte(field reference, value)
- Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is less than or equal to the value.
db:merge_unique
- db:merge_unique(sheet reference, table array)
- Merges the specified table array into the sheet, modifying any existing rows and adding any that don’t exist.
- This function is a convenience utility that allows you to quickly modify a sheet, changing existing rows and add new ones as appropriate. It ONLY works on sheets which have a unique index, and only when that unique index is only on a single field. For more complex situations you’ll have to do the logic yourself.
- The table array may contain tables that were either returned previously by db:fetch, or new tables that you’ve constructed with the correct fields, or any mix of both. Each table must have a value for the unique key that has been set on this sheet.
- For example, consider this database
local mydb = db:create("peopledb",
{
friends = {
name = "",
race = "",
level = 0,
city = "",
_index = { "city" },
_unique = { "name" }
}
);
- Here you have a database with one sheet, which contains your friends, their race, level, and what city they live in. Let’s say you want to fetch everyone who lives in San Francisco, you could do:
local results = db:fetch(mydb.friends, db:eq(mydb.friends.city, "San Francisco"))
- The tables in results are static, any changes to them are not saved back to the database. But after a major radioactive cataclysm rendered everyone in San Francisco a mutant, you could make changes to the tables as so:
for _, friend in ipairs(results) do
friend.race = "Mutant"
end
- If you are also now aware of a new arrival in San Francisco, you could add them to that existing table array:
results[#results+1] = {name="Bobette", race="Mutant", city="San Francisco"}
- And commit all of these changes back to the database at once with:
db:merge_unique(mydb.friends, results)
- The db:merge_unique function will change the city values for all the people who we previously fetched, but then add a new record as well.
db:not_between
- db:not_between(field reference, lower_bound, upper_bound)
- Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is not a value between lower_bound and upper_bound. This only really makes sense for numbers and Timestamps.
db:not_eq
- db:not_eq(field reference, value)
- Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is NOT equal to the value.
db:not_in
- db:not_in(field reference, table array)
- Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is not one of the values in the table array.
- See also: db:in_
db:not_like
- db:not_like(field reference, pattern)
- Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet does not match the specified pattern.
- LIKE patterns are not case-sensitive, and allow two wild cards. The first is an underscore which matches any single one character. The second is a percent symbol which matches zero or more of any character.
- LIKE with "_" is therefore the same as the "." regular expression.
- LIKE with "%" is therefore the same as ".*" regular expression.
db:OR
- db:OR(sub-expression1, sub-expression2)
- Returns a compound database expression that combines both of the simple expressions passed into it; these expressions should be generated with other db: functions such as db:eq, db:like, db:lt and the like.
- This compound expression will find any item that matches either the first or the second sub-expression.
db:query_by_example
- db:query_by_example(sheet reference, example table)
- Returns a query for database content matching the given example, which can be used for db:delete, db:fetch and db:set. Different fields of the example are AND connected.
- Field values should be strings and can contain the following values:
- literal strings to search for
- comparison terms prepended with <, >, >=, <=, !=, <> for number and date comparisons
- ranges with :: between lower and upper bound
- different single values combined by || as OR
- strings containing % for a single and _ for multiple wildcard characters
Note: Available from Mudlet 3.0 release.
- Example
mydb = db:create("mydb",
{
sheet = {
name = "", id = 0, city = "",
_index = { "name" },
_unique = { "id" },
_violations = "FAIL"
}
})
test_data = {
{name="Ixokai", city="Magnagora", id=1},
{name="Vadi", city="New Celest", id=2},
{name="Heiko", city="Hallifax", id=3},
{name="Keneanung", city="Hashan", id=4},
{name="Carmain", city="Mhaldor", id=5},
{name="Ixokai", city="Hallifax", id=6},
}
db:add(mydb.sheet, unpack(test_data))
res = db:fetch(mydb.sheet, db:query_by_example(mydb.sheet, { name = "Ixokai"}))
display(res)
--[[
Prints
{
{
id = 1,
name = "Ixokai",
city = "Magnagora"
},
{
id = 6,
name = "Ixokai",
city = "Hallifax"
}
}
--]]
mydb = db:create("mydb",
{
sheet = {
name = "", id = 0, city = "",
_index = { "name" },
_unique = { "id" },
_violations = "FAIL"
}
})
test_data = {
{name="Ixokai", city="Magnagora", id=1},
{name="Vadi", city="New Celest", id=2},
{name="Heiko", city="Hallifax", id=3},
{name="Keneanung", city="Hashan", id=4},
{name="Carmain", city="Mhaldor", id=5},
{name="Ixokai", city="Hallifax", id=6},
}
db:add(mydb.sheet, unpack(test_data))
res = db:fetch(mydb.sheet, db:query_by_example(mydb.sheet, { name = "Ixokai", id = "1"}))
display(res)
--[[
Prints
{
id = 1,
name = "Ixokai",
city = "Magnagora"
}
--]]
db:safe_name
- db:safe_name(string)
- Strips all non-alphanumeric characters from the input string.Mainly used to sanitize database names.
db:set
- db:set(field reference, value, query)
- The db:set function allows you to set a certain field to a certain value across an entire sheet. Meaning, you can change all of the last_read fields in the sheet to a certain value, or possibly only the last_read fields which are in a certain city. The query argument can be any value which is appropriate for db:fetch, even nil which will change the value for the specified column for EVERY row in the sheet.
- For example, consider a situation in which you are tracking how many times you find a certain type of egg during Easter. You start by setting up your database and adding an Eggs sheet, and then adding a record for each type of egg.
- Example
local mydb = db:create("egg database", {eggs = {color = "", last_found = db.Timestamp(false), found = 0}})
db:add(mydb.eggs,
{color = "Red"},
{color = "Blue"},
{color = "Green"},
{color = "Yellow"},
{color = "Black"}
)
- Now, you have three columns. One is a string, one a timestamp (that ends up as nil in the database), and one is a number.
- You can then set up a trigger to capture from the mud the string, "You pick up a (.*) egg!", and you end up arranging to store the value of that expression in a variable called "myegg".
- To increment how many we found, we will do this:
myegg = "Red" -- We will pretend a trigger set this.
db:set(mydb.eggs.found, db:exp("found + 1"), db:eq(mydb.eggs.color, myegg))
db:set(mydb.eggs.last_found, db.Timestamp("CURRENT_TIMESTAMP"), db:eq(mydb.eggs.color, myegg))
- This will go out and set two fields in the Red egg sheet; the first is the found field, which will increment the value of that field (using the special db:exp function). The second will update the last_found field with the current time.
- Once this contest is over, you may wish to reset this data but keep the database around. To do that, you may use a more broad use of db:set as such:
db:set(mydb.eggs.found, 0)
db:set(mydb.eggs.last_found, nil)
db:update
- db:update(sheet reference, table)
- This function updates a row in the specified sheet, but only accepts a row which has been previously obtained by db:fetch. Its primary purpose is that if you do a db:fetch, then change the value of a field or tow, you can save back that table.
- Example
local mydb = db:get_database("my database")
local bob = db:fetch(mydb.friends, db:eq(mydb.friends.name, "Bob"))[1]
bob.notes = "He's a really awesome guy."
db:update(mydb.friends, bob)
- This obtains a database reference, and queries the friends sheet for someone named Bob. As this returns a table array containing only one item, it assigns that one item to the local variable named bob. We then change the notes on Bob, and pass it into db:update() to save the changes back.
db:_sql_convert
- db:_sql_convert(value)
- Converts a data value in Lua to its SQL equivalent; notably it will also escape single-quotes to prevent inadvertant SQL injection.
db:_sql_values
- db:_sql_values(values)
- This quotes values to be passed into an INSERT or UPDATE operation in a SQL list. Meaning, it turns {x="this", y="that", z=1} into ('this', 'that', 1). It is intelligent with data-types; strings are automatically quoted (with internal single quotes escaped), nil turned into NULL, timestamps converted to integers, and such.
Transaction Functions
These functions facilitate use of transactions with a database. This can safely be ignored in most cases, but can provide useful functionality in specific circumstances. Transactions allow batching sets of changes to be accepted or rejected at a later point. Bear in mind that transactions affect an entire database.
db:_begin
- db:_begin()
- This function halts all automatic disk writes for the database. This can be especially helpful when running large or frequent (multiple times a second) database edits through multiple function calls to prevent Mudlet freezing or jittering. Calling this on a database already in a transaction will have no effect, but will not produce an error.
db:_commit
- db:_commit()
- This function forces the database to save all changes to disk, beginning a new transaction in the process.
db:_end
- db:_end()
- This function re-enables automatic disk writes for the database. It will not commit changes to disk on its own, nor will it end the current transaction. Using db:_commit() or any database function that writes changes after this will save the transaction to disk. Using db:_begin again before this happens will continue the previous transaction without writing anything to disk.
db:_rollback
- db:_rollback()
- This function will discard all changes that have occurred during the current transaction and begin a new one. Use of this function will not toggle the auto-write state of the database.
Date & Time Functions
A collection of functions for handling Date & Time.
datetime:parse
- datetime:parse(source, format, as_epoch)
- Parses the specified source string, according to the format if given, to return a representation of the date/time. If as_epoch is provided and true, the return value will be a Unix epoch — the number of seconds since 1970. This is a useful format for exchanging date/times with other systems. If as_epoch is false, then a Lua time table will be returned. Details of the time tables are provided in the Lua Manual.
- Supported Format Codes
%b = Abbreviated Month Name
%B = Full Month Name
%d = Day of Month
%H = Hour (24-hour format)
%I = Hour (12-hour format, requires %p as well)
%p = AM or PM
%m = 2-digit month (01-12)
%M = 2-digit minutes (00-59)
%S = 2-digit seconds (00-59)
%y = 2-digit year (00-99), will automatically prepend 20 so 10 becomes 2010 and not 1910.
%Y = 4-digit year.
getEpoch
- seconds = getEpoch()
- This function returns the seconds since Unix epoch with milliseconds.
- Example
getEpoch() -- will show e.g. 1523555867.191
getTime
- time = getTime(returntype, format)
- returntype takes a boolean value (in Lua anything but false or nil will translate to true). If false, the function will return a table in the following format:
{ 'min': #, 'year': #, 'month': #, 'day': #, 'sec': #, 'hour': #, 'msec': # }
If true, it will return the date and time as a string using a format passed to the format arg or the default of "yyyy.MM.dd hh:mm:ss.zzz" if none is supplied:
2012.02.18 00:52:52.489
Format expressions:
h the hour without a leading zero (0 to 23 or 1 to 12 if AM/PM display) hh the hour with a leading zero (00 to 23 or 01 to 12 if AM/PM display) H the hour without a leading zero (0 to 23, even with AM/PM display) HH the hour with a leading zero (00 to 23, even with AM/PM display) m the minute without a leading zero (0 to 59) mm the minute with a leading zero (00 to 59) s the second without a leading zero (0 to 59) ss the second with a leading zero (00 to 59) z the milliseconds without leading zeroes (0 to 999) zzz the milliseconds with leading zeroes (000 to 999) AP or A use AM/PM display. AP will be replaced by either "AM" or "PM". ap or a use am/pm display. ap will be replaced by either "am" or "pm". d the day as number without a leading zero (1 to 31) dd the day as number with a leading zero (01 to 31) ddd the abbreviated localized day name (e.g. 'Mon' to 'Sun'). Uses QDate::shortDayName(). dddd the long localized day name (e.g. 'Monday' to 'Qt::Sunday'). Uses QDate::longDayName(). M the month as number without a leading zero (1-12) MM the month as number with a leading zero (01-12) MMM the abbreviated localized month name (e.g. 'Jan' to 'Dec'). Uses QDate::shortMonthName(). MMMM the long localized month name (e.g. 'January' to 'December'). Uses QDate::longMonthName(). yy the year as two digit number (00-99) yyyy the year as four digit number
All other input characters will be ignored. Any sequence of characters that are enclosed in single quotes will be treated as text and not be used as an expression. Two consecutive single quotes ('') are replaced by a single single quote in the output.
- Example
-- Get time as a table
getTime()
-- Get time with default string
getTime(true)
-- Get time without date and milliseconds
getTime(true, "hh:mm:ss")
getTimestamp
- time = getTimestamp([console_name], lineNumber)
- Returns the timestamp string as it’s seen when you enable the timestamps view (blue i button bottom right).
Note:
Available since Mudlet 1.1.0-pre1.
- Example
--Echo the timestamp of the current line in a trigger:
echo(getTimestamp(getLineCount()))
shms
- shms( seconds, bool )
- Converts seconds into hours, minutes and seconds, displaying the result as a table. An optional second argument can be passed to return the result as an echo.
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.0.
- Example
--Determine the total number of seconds and display:
shms(65535, true)
File System Functions
A collection of functions for interacting with the file system.
io.exists
- TrueOrFalse = io.exists()
- Checks to see if a given file or folder exists.
- If it exists, it’ll return the Lua true boolean value, otherwise false.
- See lfs.attributes() for a cross-platform solution.
- Example
-- This example works on Linux only
if io.exists("/home/vadi/Desktop") then
echo("This folder exists!")
else
echo("This folder doesn't exist.")
end
-- This example will work on both Windows and Linux.
if io.exists("/home/vadi/Desktop/file.tx") then
echo("This file exists!")
else
echo("This file doesn't exist.")
end
lfs.attributes
- infoTable = lfs.attributes(path)
- Returns a table with detailed information regarding a file or directory, or nil if path is invalid / file or folder does not exist.
- Example
fileInfo = lfs.attributes("/path/to/file_or_directory")
if fileInfo then
if fileInfo.mode == "directory" then
echo("Path points to a directory.")
elseif fileInfo.mode == "file" then
echo("Path points to a file.")
else
echo("Path points to: "..fileInfo.mode)
end
display(fileInfo) -- to see the detailed information
else
echo("The path is invalid (file/directory doesn't exist)")
end
Mapper Functions
These are functions that are to be used with the Mudlet Mapper. The mapper is designed to be MUD-generic - it only provides the display and pathway calculations, to be used in Lua scripts that are tailored to the MUD you're playing. For a collection of pre-made scripts and general mapper talk, visit the mapper section of the forums.
To register a script as a mapping one with Mudlet (so Mudlet knows the profile has one and won't bother the user when they open the map), please do this in your script:
mudlet = mudlet or {}; mudlet.mapper_script = true
addAreaName
- areaID = addAreaName(areaName)
- Adds a new area name and returns the new (positive) area ID for the new name. If the name already exists, older versions of Mudlet returned -1 though since 3.0 the code will return nil and an error message.
- See also: deleteArea(), addRoom()
- Example
local newId, err = addAreaName(string.random(10))
if newId == nil or newId < 1 or err then
echo("That area name could not be added - error is: ".. err.."\n")
else
cecho("<green>Created new area with the ID of "..newId..".\n")
end
addCustomLine
- addCustomLine(roomID, id_to, direction, style, color, arrow)
- See also: getCustomLines(), removeCustomLine()
- Adds a new/replaces an existing custom exit line to the 2D mapper for the room with the Id given.
- Parameters
- roomID:
- Room ID to attach the custom line to.
- id_to:
- EITHER: a room Id number, of a room on same area who's x and y coordinates are used as the other end of a SINGLE segment custom line (it does NOT imply that is what the exit it represent goes to, just the location of the end of the line);
- OR: a table of sets of THREE (x,y and z) coordinates in that order, x and y can be decimals, z is an integer (and must be present and be the same for all points on the line, though it is irrelevant to what is produced as the line is drawn on the same z-coordinate as the room that the line is attached to!)
- direction: a string to associate the line with a valid exit direction, "n", "ne", "e", "se", "s", "sw", "w", "nw", "up", "down", "in" or "out" or a special exit (before Mudlet 3.17 this was case-sensitive and cardinal directions had to be uppercase).
- style: a string, one of: "solid line", "dot line", "dash line", "dash dot line" or "dash dot dot line" exactly.
- color: a table of three integers between 0 and 255 as the custom line color as the red, green and blue components in that order.
- arrow: a boolean which if true will set the custom line to have an arrow on the end of the last segment.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.
- Examples
-- create a line from roomid 1 to roomid 2
addCustomLine(1, 2, "N", "dot line", {0, 255, 255}, true)
addCustomLine(1, {{4.5, 5.5, 3}, {4.5, 9.5, 3}, {6.0, 9.5, 3}}, "climb Rope", "dash dot dot line", {128, 128, 0}, false)
A bigger example that'll create a new area and the room in it:
local areaid = addAreaName("my first area")
local newroomid = createRoomID()
addRoom(newroomid)
setRoomArea(newroomid, "my first area")
setRoomCoordinates(newroomid, 0, 0, 0)
addCustomLine(newroomid, {{4.5, 5.5, 3}, {4.5, 9.5, 3}, {6.0, 9.5, 3}}, "climb Rope", "dash dot dot line", {128, 128, 0}, false)
centerview(newroomid)
Note: At the time of writing there is no Lua command to remove a custom exit line and, for Normal exits in the X-Y plane, revert to the standard straight line between the start room and the end room (or colored arrow for out of area exits) however this can be done from the GUI interface to the 2D mapper.
addMapEvent
- addMapEvent(uniquename, event name, parent, display name, arguments)
- Adds a new entry to an existing mapper right-click entry. You can add one with addMapMenu. If there is no display name, it will default to the unique name (which otherwise isn't shown and is just used to differentiate this entry from others). event name is the Mudlet event that will be called when this is clicked on, and arguments will be passed to the handler function.
- See also: addMapMenu(), removeMapEvent(), getMapEvents()
- Example
addMapEvent("room a", "onFavorite") -- will make a label "room a" on the map menu's right click that calls onFavorite
addMapEvent("room b", "onFavorite", "Favorites", "Special Room!", 12345, "arg1", "arg2", "argn")
The last line will make a label "Special Room!" under the "Favorites" menu that on clicking will send all the arguments.
addMapMenu
- addMapMenu(uniquename, parent, display name)
- Adds a new submenu to the right-click menu that opens when you right-click on the mapper. You can then add more submenus to it, or add entries with addMapEvent().
- See also: addMapEvent(), removeMapEvent(), getMapEvents()
- Example
addMapMenu("Favorites") -- will create a menu, favorites
addMapMenu("Favorites1234343", "Favorites", "Favorites")
The last line will create a submenu with the unique id Favorites123.. under Favorites with the display name of Favorites.
addRoom
- addRoom(roomID)
- Creates a new room with the given ID, returns true if the room was successfully created.
Note: If you're not using incremental room IDs but room IDs stitched together from other factors or in-game hashes for room IDs - and your room IDs are starting off at 250+million numbers, you need to look into incrementally creating Mudlets room IDs with createRoomID() and associating your room IDs with Mudlets via setRoomIDbyHash() and getRoomIDbyHash(). The reason being is that Mudlet's A* pathfinding implementation from boost cannot deal with extremely large room IDs because the resulting matrices it creates for pathfinding are enormously huge.
- See also: createRoomID()
- Example
local newroomid = createRoomID()
addRoom(newroomid)
addSpecialExit
- addSpecialExit(roomIDFrom, roomIDTo, command)
- Creates a one-way from one room to another, that will use the given command for going through them.
- See also: clearSpecialExits(), removeSpecialExit()
- Example
-- add a one-way special exit going from room 1 to room 2 using the 'pull rope' command
addSpecialExit(1, 2, "pull rope")
Example in an alias:
-- sample alias pattern: ^spe (\d+) (.*?)$
-- currentroom is your current room ID in this example
addSpecialExit(currentroom,tonumber(matches[2]), matches[3])
echo("\n SPECIAL EXIT ADDED TO ROOMID:"..matches[2]..", Command:"..matches[3])
centerview(currentroom)
centerview
- centerview (roomID)
- Centers the map view onto the given room ID. The map must be open to see this take effect. This function can also be used to see the map of an area if you know the number of a room there and the area and room are mapped.
- See also: getPlayerRoom(), updateMap()
clearAreaUserData
- clearAreaUserData(areaID)
- Parameter
- areaID - ID number for area to clear.
- Clears all user data from a given area. Note that this will not touch the room user data.
- See also: setAreaUserData(), getAllAreaUserData(), clearAreaUserDataItem(), clearRoomUserData()
- Example
display(clearAreaUserData(34))
-- I did have data in that area, so it returns:
true
display(clearAreaUserData(34))
-- There is no data NOW, so it returns:
false
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.
clearAreaUserDataItem
- clearAreaUserDataItem(areaID, key)
- Removes the specific key and value from the user data from a given area.
- See also: setAreaUserData(), clearAreaUserData(), clearRoomUserDataItem()
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.
- Example
display(getAllAreaUserData(34))
{
description = [[<area description here>]],
ruler = "Queen Morgase Trakand"
}
display(clearAreaUserDataItem(34,"ruler"))
true
display(getAllAreaUserData(34))
{
description = [[<area description here>]],
}
display(clearAreaUserDataItem(34,"ruler"))
false
clearMapUserData
- clearMapUserData()
- Clears all user data stored for the map itself. Note that this will not touch the area or room user data.
- See also: setMapUserData(), clearRoomUserData(), clearAreaUserData()
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.
- Example
display(clearMapUserData())
-- I did have user data stored for the map, so it returns:
true
display(clearMapUserData())
-- There is no data NOW, so it returns:
false
clearMapUserDataItem
- clearUserDataItem(mapID, key)
- Removes the specific key and value from the user data from the map user data.
- See also: setMapUserData(), clearMapUserData(), clearAreaRoomUserData()
- Example
display(getAllMapUserData())
{
description = [[<map description here>]],
last_modified = "1483228799"
}
display(clearMapUserDataItem("last_modified"))
true
display(getAllMapUserData())
{
description = [[<map description here>]],
}
display(clearMapUserDataItem("last_modified"))
false
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.
clearRoomUserData
- clearRoomUserData(roomID)
- Clears all user data from a given room.
- See also: setRoomUserData(), clearRoomUserDataItem():
Note: Returns a boolean true if any data was removed from the specified room and false if there was nothing to erase since Mudlet 3.0.
- Example
display(clearRoomUserData(3441))
-- I did have data in that room, so it returns:
true
display(clearRoomUserData(3441))
-- There is no data NOW, so it returns:
false
clearRoomUserDataItem
- clearRoomUserDataItem(roomID, key)
- Removes the specific key and value from the user data from a given room.
- Returns a boolean true if data was found against the give key in the user data for the given room and it is removed, will return false if exact key not present in the data. Returns nil if the room for the roomID not found.
- See also: setRoomUserData(), clearRoomUserData(), clearAreaUserDataItem()
- Example
display(getAllRoomUserData(3441))
{
description = [[
From this ledge you can see out across a large cavern to the southwest. The
east side of the cavern is full of stalactites and stalagmites and other
weird rock formations. The west side has a path through it and an exit to the
south. The sound of falling water pervades the cavern seeming to come from
every side. There is a small tunnel to your east and a stalactite within arms
reach to the south. It appears to have grown till it connects with the
stalagmite below it. Something smells... Yuck you are standing in bat guano!]],
doorname_up = "trapdoor"
}
display(clearRoomUserDataItem(3441,"doorname_up"))
true
display(getAllRoomUserData(3441))
{
description = [[
From this ledge you can see out across a large cavern to the southwest. The
east side of the cavern is full of stalactites and stalagmites and other
weird rock formations. The west side has a path through it and an exit to the
south. The sound of falling water pervades the cavern seeming to come from
every side. There is a small tunnel to your east and a stalactite within arms
reach to the south. It appears to have grown till it connects with the
stalagmite below it. Something smells... Yuck you are standing in bat guano!]],
}
display(clearRoomUserDataItem(3441,"doorname_up"))
false
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.
As a work around for the absence of this and some other room user data commands in prior versions {which only possesses the clearRoomUserData() command but does not have anything to find out and preserve what data key-value pairs might have been used from other packages}, a suggested work around is to use a setRoomUserData(key,"") to empty any unwanted data and to treat data items with empty values the same as non-existent data items - when the user updates to a version with these commands a script could then detect and purge data items with keys that it is concerned with but which have only an empty string as a value...
clearSpecialExits
- clearSpecialExits(roomID)
- Removes all special exits from a room.
- See also: addSpecialExit(), removeSpecialExit()
- Example
clearSpecialExits(1337)
if #getSpecialExits(1337) == 0 then -- clearSpecialExits will never fail on a valid room ID, this is an example
echo("All special exits successfully cleared from 1337.\n")
end
connectExitStub
- connectExitStub(fromID, direction or toID[, optional direction])
- Connects existing rooms with matching exit stubs. If you only give it a roomID and a direction, it'll work out which room should be linked to it that has an appropriate opposite exit stub and is located in the right direction. You can also just specify from and to room IDs, and it'll smartly use the right direction to link in. Lastly, you can specify all three arguments - fromID, toID and the direction (in that order) if you'd like to be explicit, or use setExit() for the same effect.
- Parameters
- fromID:
- Room ID to set the exit stub in.
- direction or toID:
- You can either specify the direction to link the room in, or a specific room ID. Direction can be specified as a number, short direction name ("nw") or long direction name ("northwest").
- toID:
- Optional - the room ID to link this room to. If you don't specify it, the mapper will work out which room should be logically linked.
- See also: setExitStub(), getExitStubs()
- Example
-- try and connect all stubs that are in a room
local stubs = getExitStubs(roomID)
if stubs then
for i,v in pairs(stubs) do
connectExitStub(roomID, v)
end
end
createMapLabel
- labelID = createMapLabel(areaID, text, posx, posy, posz, fgRed, fgGreen, fgBlue, bgRed, bgGreen, bgBlue, zoom, fontSize, showOnTop, noScaling)
- Creates a text label on the map at given coordinates, with the given background and foreground colors. It can go above or below the rooms, scale with zoom or stay a static size. It returns a label ID that you can use later for deleting it.
- The coordinates 0,0 are in the middle of the map, and are in sync with the room coordinates - so using the x,y values of getRoomCoordinates() will place the label near that room.
- See also: getMapLabel(), getMapLabels()
- Parameters
- areaID:
- Area ID where to put the label.
- text:
- The text to put into the label. To get a multiline text label add a '\n' between the lines.
- posx, posy, posz:
- Position of the label in room coordinates.
- fgRed, fgGreen fgBlue:
- Foreground color or text color of the label.
- bgRed, bgGreen bgBlue:
- Background color of the label.
- zoom:
- Zoom factor of the label if noScaling is false. Higher zoom will give higher resolution of the text and smaller size of the label. Default is 30.0.
- fontSize:
- Size of the font of the text. Default is 50.
- showOnTop:
- If true the label will be drawn on top of the rooms and if it is false the label will be drawn as a background.
- noScaling:
- If true the label will have the same size when you zoom in and out in the mapper. If it is false the label will scale when you zoom the mapper.
- See also: deleteMapLabel
- Example
-- the first 50 is some area id, the next three 0,0,0 are coordinates - middle of the area
-- 255,0,0 would be the foreground in RGB, 23,0,0 would be the background RGB
-- zoom is only relevant when when you're using a label of a static size, so we use 0
-- and we use a font size of 20 for our label, which is a small medium compared to the map
local labelid = createMapLabel( 50, "my map label", 0,0,0, 255,0,0, 23,0,0, 0,20)
-- to create a multi line text label we add '\n' between lines
-- the position is placed somewhat to the northeast of the center of the map
-- this label will be scaled as you zoom the map.
local labelid = createMapLabel( 50, "1. Row One\n2. Row 2", .5,5.5,0, 255,0,0, 23,0,0, 30,50, true,false)
createMapImageLabel
- labelID = createMapImageLabel(areaID, filePath, posx, posy, posz, width, height, zoom, showOnTop)
- Creates an image label on the map at the given coordinates, with the given dimensions and zoom. You might find the default room and image size correlation to be too big - try reducing the width and height of the image then, while also zooming in the same amount.
- The coordinates 0,0 are in the middle of the map, and are in sync with the room coordinates - so using the x,y values of getRoomCoordinates() will place the label near that room.
- See also: deleteMapLabel
- Example
-- 138 is our pretend area ID
-- next, inside [[]]'s, is the exact location of our image
-- 0,0,0 are the x,y,z coordinates - so this will place it in the middle of the map
-- 482 is the width of the image - we divide it by 100 to scale it down, and then we'll zoom it by 100 - making the image take up about 4 rooms in width then
-- 555 is the original width of the image
-- 100 is how much we zoom it by, 1 would be no zoom
-- and lastly, false to make it go below our rooms
createMapImageLabel(138, [[/home/vadi/Pictures/You only see what shown.png]], 0,0,0, 482/100, 555/100, 100, false)
createMapper
- createMapper(x, y, width, height)
- Creates a miniconsole window for the mapper to render in, the with the given dimensions. You can only create one mapper at a time, and it is not currently possible to have a label on or under the mapper - otherwise, clicks won't register.
- Example
createMapper(0,0,300,300) -- creates a 300x300 mapper in the top-left corner of Mudlet
setBorderLeft(305) -- adds a border so text doesn't underlap the mapper display
-- another example:
local main = Geyser.Container:new({x=0,y=0,width="100%",height="100%",name="mapper container"})
local mapper = Geyser.Mapper:new({
name = "mapper",
x = "70%", y = 0, -- edit here if you want to move it
width = "30%", height = "50%"
}, main)
Note: If this command is not used then clicking on the Main Toolbar's Map button will create a dock-able widget (that can be floated free to anywhere on the Desktop, it can be resized and does not have to even reside on the same monitor should there be multiple screens in your system). Further clicks on the Map button will toggle between showing and hiding the map whether it was created using the createMapper function or as a dock-able widget.
createRoomID
- usableId = createRoomID([minimumStartingRoomId])
- Returns the lowest possible room ID you can use for creating a new room. If there are gaps in room IDs your map uses it, this function will go through the gaps first before creating higher IDs.
- Parameters
- minimumStartingRoomId (optional):
- If provided, specifies a roomID to start searching for an empty one at, instead of 1. Useful if you'd like to ensure certain areas have specific room number ranges, for example. If you you're working with a huge map, provide the last used room ID to this function for an available roomID to be found a lot quicker.
Note: minimumStartingRoomId is available since Mudlet 3.0.
- See also: addRoom()
deleteArea
- deleteArea(areaID or areaName)
- Deletes the given area and all rooms in it. Returns true on success or nil + error message otherwise.
- See also: addAreaName()
- Parameters
- areaID:
- Area ID to delete.
- areaName:
- Area name to delete (available since Mudlet 3.0).
- Example
-- delete by areaID
deleteArea(23)
-- or since Mudlet 3.0, by area name
deleteArea("Big city")
deleteMapLabel
- deleteMapLabel(areaID, labelID)
- Deletes a map label from a specfic area.
- See also: createMapLabel()
- Example
deleteMapLabel(50, 1)
deleteRoom
- deleteRoom(roomID)
- Deletes an individual room, and unlinks all exits leading to and from it.
- Example
deleteRoom(335)
exportAreaImage
- exportAreaImage(areaID)
- Exports the area as an image into your profile's directory.
- Example
-- save the area with ID 1 as a map
exportAreaImage(1)
Note: This command is currently inoperable in current 3.0+ versions of Mudlet.
getAllMapUserData
- dataTable = getAllMapUserData()
- Returns all the user data items stored at the map level; will return an empty table if there is no data stored.
- See also: getMapUserData()
- Example
display(getAllMapUserData())
--might result in:--
{
description = [[This map is about so and so game]],
author = "Bob",
["last updated"] = "December 5, 2020"
}
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.0 - requires Mudlet Map format 17 or later to save which has not yet been made the default as it is not compatible with Mudlet 2.1 and will be rejected by that version. The format can be manually set to be the upgraded one in recent Mudlet development and release 3.0 previews via an option on the "Special Options" tab of the "Profile Preferences" (Options) dialogue. Attempting to use MapUserData or AreaUserData with the current default (backwards compatible) format (16) will produce a warning the first time in a session that a value is set and each time the Map file is saved. Once this change has been made it will persist but leave an advisory message on loading in current Mudlet versions.
getAllRoomUserData
- dataTable = getAllRoomUserData(roomID)
- Returns all the user data items stored in the given room ID; will return an empty table if there is no data stored or nil if there is no such room with that ID. Can be useful if the user was not the one who put the data in the map in the first place!
- See also: getRoomUserDataKeys() - for a related command that only returns the data keys.
- Example
display(getAllRoomUserData(3441))
--might result in:--
{
description = [[
From this ledge you can see out across a large cavern to the southwest. The
east side of the cavern is full of stalactites and stalagmites and other
weird rock formations. The west side has a path through it and an exit to the
south. The sound of falling water pervades the cavern seeming to come from
every side. There is a small tunnel to your east and a stalactite within arms
reach to the south. It appears to have grown till it connects with the
stalagmite below it. Something smells... Yuck you are standing in bat guano!]],
doorname_up = "trapdoor"
}
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.0.
getAreaExits
- roomTable = getAreaExits(areaID, showExits)
- Returns a table (indexed or key-value) of the rooms in the given area that have exits leading out to other areas - that is, border rooms.
- Parameters
- areaID:
- Area ID to list the exits for.
- showExits:
- Boolean argument, if true then the exits that lead out to another area will be listed for each room.
- See also: setExit(), getRoomExits()
- Example
-- list all border rooms for area 44:
getAreaExits(44)
-- returns:
--[[
{
7091,
10659,
11112,
11122,
11133,
11400,
12483,
24012
}
]]
-- list all border rooms for area 44, and the exits within them that go out to other areas:
getAreaExits(44, true)
--[[
{
[12483] = {
north = 27278
},
[11122] = {
["enter grate"] = 14551
},
[11112] = {
["enter grate"] = 14829
},
[24012] = {
north = 22413
},
[11400] = {
south = 10577
},
[11133] = {
["enter grate"] = 15610
},
[7091] = {
down = 4411
},
[10659] = {
["enter grate"] = 15510
}
}
]]
getAreaRooms
- areaTable = getAreaRooms(area id)
- Returns an indexed table with all rooms IDs for a given area ID (room IDs are values), or nil if no such area exists.
- Example
-- using the sample findAreaID() function defined in the getAreaTable() example,
-- we'll define a function that echo's us a nice list of all rooms in an area with their ID
function echoRoomList(areaname)
local id, msg = findAreaID(areaname)
if id then
local roomlist, endresult = getAreaRooms(id), {}
-- obtain a room list for each of the room IDs we got
for _, id in pairs(roomlist) do
endresult[id] = getRoomName(id)
end
-- now display something half-decent looking
cecho(string.format(
"List of all rooms in %s (%d):\n", msg, table.size(endresult)))
for roomid, roomname in pairs(endresult) do
cecho(string.format(
"%6s: %s\n", roomid, roomname))
end
elseif not id and msg then
echo("ID not found; " .. msg)
else
echo("No areas matched the query.")
end
end
getAreaTable
- areaTable = getAreaTable()
- Returns a key(area name)-value(area id) table with all known areas and their IDs. Some older versions of Mudlet return an area with an empty name and an ID of 0 included in it, you should ignore that.
- See also: getAreaTableSwap()
- Example
-- example function that returns the area ID for a given area
function findAreaID(areaname)
local list = getAreaTable()
-- iterate over the list of areas, matching them with substring match.
-- if we get match a single area, then return it's ID, otherwise return
-- 'false' and a message that there are than one are matches
local returnid, fullareaname
for area, id in pairs(list) do
if area:find(areaname, 1, true) then
if returnid then return false, "more than one area matches" end
returnid = id; fullareaname = area
end
end
return returnid, fullareaname
end
-- sample use:
local id, msg = findAreaID("blahblah")
if id then
echo("Found a matching ID: " .. id")
elseif not id and msg then
echo("ID not found; " .. msg)
else
echo("No areas matched the query.")
end
getAreaTableSwap
- areaTable = getAreaTableSwap()
- Returns a key(area id)-value(area name) table with all known areas and their IDs. Unlike getAreaTable which won't show you all areas with the same name by different IDs, this function will. Some older versions of Mudlet return an area with an empty name and an ID of 0 included in it, you should ignore that.
getAreaUserData
- dataTable = getAreaUserData(areaID, key)
- Returns a specific data item stored against the given key for the given area ID number. This is very like the corresponding Room User Data command but intended for per area rather than for per room data (for storage of data relating to the whole map see the corresponding Map User Data commands.
- Returns the user data value (string) stored at a given room with a given key (string), or a Lua nil and an error message if the key is not present in the Area User Data for the given Area ID. Use setAreaUserData() function for storing the user data.
- Example
display(getAreaUserData(34, "country"))
-- might produce --
"Andor"
Note:
- See also: clearAreaUserData(), clearAreaUserDataItem(), getAllAreaUserData(), searchAreaUserData(), setAreaUserData()
getCustomEnvColorTable
- envcolors = getCustomEnvColorTable()
- Returns a table with customized environments, where the key is the environment ID and the value is a indexed table of rgb values.
- See also: setCustomEnvColor()
- Example
{
envid1 = {r,g,b},
envid2 = {r,g,b}
}
getCustomLines
- lineTable = getCustomLines(roomID)
- See also: addCustomLine(), removeCustomLine()
- Returns a table including all the details of the custom exit lines, if any, for the room with the id given.
- Parameters
- roomID:
- Room ID to return the custom line details of.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.0.
- Example
display getCustomLines(1)
{
["climb Rope"] = {
attributes = {
color = {
b = 0,
g = 128,
r = 128
},
style = "dash dot dot line",
arrow = false
},
points = {
{
y = 9.5,
x = 4.5
},
{
y = 9.5,
x = 6
},
[0] = {
y = 5.5,
x = 4.5
}
}
},
N = {
attributes = {
color = {
b = 255,
g = 255,
r = 0
},
style = "dot line",
arrow = true
},
points = {
[0] = {
y = 27,
x = -3
}
}
}
}
getDoors
- doors = getDoors(roomID)
- Returns a key-value table with the cardinal direction as the key and the door value as a number. If there are no doors in a room, it returns an empty table.
- Parameters
- roomID:
- Room ID to check for doors in.
- See also: setDoor()
- Example
-- an example that displays possible doors in room 2334
local doors = getDoors(2334)
if not next(doors) then cecho("\nThere aren't any doors in room 2334.") return end
local door_status = {"open", "closed", "locked"}
for direction, door in pairs(doors) do
cecho("\nThere's a door leading in "..direction.." that is "..door_status[door]..".")
end
getExitStubs
- stubs = getExitStubs(roomid)
- Returns an indexed table (starting at 0) of the direction #'s that have an exit stub marked in them. You can use this information to connect earlier-made exit stubs between rooms when mapping.
- See also: setExitStub(), connectExitStub(), getExitStubs1()
- Example
-- show the exit stubs in room 6 as numbers
local stubs = getExitStubs(6)
for i = 0, #stubs do print(stubs[i]) end
Note: Previously would throw a lua error on non-existent room - now returns nil plus error message (as does other run-time errors) - previously would return just a nil on NO exit stubs but now returns a notification error message as well, to aide disambiguation of the nil value.
getExitStubs1
- stubs = getExitStubs1(roomid)
- Returns an indexed table (starting at 1) of the direction #'s that have an exit stub marked in them. You can use this information to connect earlier-made exit stubs between rooms when mapping. As this function starts indexing from 1 as it is default in Lua, you can use ipairs() to iterate over the results.
- See also
- getExitStubs()
- Example
-- show the exit stubs in room 6 as numbers
for k,v in ipairs(getExitStubs1(6)) do print(k,v) end
getExitWeights
- weights = getExitWeights(roomid)
- Returns a key-value table of the exit weights that a room has, with the direction or special exit as a key and the value as the exit weight. If a weight for a direction wasn't yet set, it won't be listed.
- Parameters
- roomid:
- Room ID to view the exit weights in.
- See also: setExitWeight()
getGridMode
- TrueOrFalse = getGridMode(areaID)
- Use this to see, if a specific area has grid/wilderness view mode set. This way, you can also calculate from a script, how many grid areas a map has got in total.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.11
- Parameters
- areaID:
- Area ID (number) to view the grid mode of.
- See also: setGridMode()
- Example
getGridMode(55)
-- will return: false
setGridMode(55, true) -- set area with ID 55 to be in grid mode
getGridMode(55)
-- will return: true
getMapEvents
- mapevents = getMapEvents()
- Returns a list of map events currently registered. Each event is a dictionary with the keys uniquename, parent, event name, display name, and arguments, which correspond to the arguments of addMapEvent().
- See also: addMapMenu(), removeMapEvent(), addMapEvent()
- Example
addMapEvent("room a", "onFavorite") -- will make a label "room a" on the map menu's right click that calls onFavorite
addMapEvent("room b", "onFavorite", "Favorites", "Special Room!", 12345, "arg1", "arg2", "argn")
local mapEvents = getMapEvents()
for _, event in ipairs(mapEvents) do
echo(string.format("MapEvent '%s' is bound to event '%s' with these args: '%s'", event["uniquename"], event["event name"], table.concat(event["arguments"], ",")))
end
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3
getMapLabel
- labelinfo = getMapLabels(areaID, labelID)
- Returns a key-value table describing that particular label in an area. Keys it contains are the X, Y, Z coordinates, Height and Width, and the Text it contains. If the label is an image label, then Text will be set to the no text string.
- See also: createMapLabel(), getMapLabels()
- Example
lua getMapLabels(1658987)
table {
1: 'no text'
0: 'test'
}
lua getMapLabel(1658987, 0)
table {
'Y': -2
'X': -8
'Z': 11
'Height': 3.9669418334961
'Text': 'test'
'Width': 8.6776866912842
}
lua getMapLabel(1658987, 1)
table {
'Y': 8
'X': -15
'Z': 11
'Height': 7.2520666122437
'Text': 'no text'
'Width': 11.21900844574
}
getMapLabels
- arealabels = getMapLabels(areaID)
- Returns an indexed table (that starts indexing from 0) of all of the labels in the area, plus their label text. You can use the label id to deleteMapLabel() it.
- See also: createMapLabel(), getMapLabel()
- Example
display(getMapLabels(43))
table {
0: ''
1: 'Waterways'
}
deleteMapLabel(43, 0)
display(getMapLabels(43))
table {
1: 'Waterways'
}
getMapSelection
- getMapSelection()
- Returns a table containing details of the current mouse selection in the 2D mapper.
- Reports on one or more rooms being selected (i.e. they are highlighted in orange).
- The contents of the table will vary depending on what is currently selected. If the selection is of map rooms then there will be keys of center and rooms: the former will indicates the center room (the one with the yellow cross-hairs) if there is more than one room selected or the only room if there is only one selected (there will not be cross-hairs in that case); the latter will contain a list of the one or more rooms.
- Example - several rooms selected
display(getMapSelection())
{
center = 5013,
rooms = {
5011,
5012,
5013,
5014,
5018,
5019,
5020
}
}
- Example - one room selected
display(getMapSelection())
{
center = 5013,
rooms = {
5013
}
}
- Example - no or something other than a room selected
display(getMapSelection())
{
}
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.17+
getMapUserData
- getMapUserData( key )
- Parameters
- key:
- string used as a key to select the data stored in the map as a whole.
- Returns the user data item (string); will return a nil+error message if there is no data with such a key in the map data.
- See also: getAllMapUserData(), setMapUserData()
- Example
display(getMapUserData("last updated"))
--might result in:--
"December 5, 2020"
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.0
getPath
- getPath(roomID from, roomID to)
- Returns a boolean true/false if a path between two room IDs is possible. If it is, the global speedWalkDir table is set to all of the directions that have to be taken to get there, and the global speedWalkPath table is set to all of the roomIDs you'll encounter on the way, and as of 3.0, speedWalkWeight will return all of the room weights. Additionally returns the total cost (all weights added up) of the path after the boolean argument in 3.0.
- Example
-- check if we can go to room 155 from room 34 - if yes, go to it
if getPath(34,155) then
gotoRoom(155)
else
echo("\nCan't go there!")
end
getPlayerRoom
- roomID = getPlayerRoom()
- Returns the current player location as set by centerview().
- See also: centerview
- Example
display("We're currently in "..getRoomName(getPlayerRoom())
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.14
getRoomArea
- areaID = getRoomArea(roomID)
- Returns the area ID of a given room ID. To get the area name, you can check the area ID against the data given by getAreaTable() function, or use the getRoomAreaName() function.
Note: If the room ID does not exist, this function will raise an error.
- Example
display("Area ID of room #100 is: "..getRoomArea(100))
display("Area name for room #100 is: "..getRoomAreaName(getRoomArea(100)))
getRoomAreaName
- getRoomAreaName(areaID or areaName)
- Returns the area name for a given area id; or the area id for a given area name.
Note: Despite the name, this function will not return the area name for a given room id (or room name) directly. However, renaming or revising it would break existing scripts.
- Example
echo(string.format("room id #455 is in %s.", getRoomAreaName(getRoomArea(455))))
getRoomChar
- getRoomChar(roomID)
- Returns the single ASCII character that forms the symbol for the given room id.
- Since Mudlet version 3.8 : this facility has been extended:
- Returns the string (UTF-8) that forms the symbol for the given room id; this may have been set with either setRoomChar() or with the symbol (was letter in prior versions) context menu item for rooms in the 2D Map.
getRoomCoordinates
- x, y, z = getRoomCoordinates(room ID)
- Returns the room coordinates of the given room ID.
- Example
local x,y,z = getRoomCoordinates(roomID)
echo("Room Coordinates for "..roomID..":")
echo("\n X:"..x)
echo("\n Y:"..y)
echo("\n Z:"..z)
getRoomEnv
- envID = getRoomEnv(roomID)
- Returns the environment ID of a room. The mapper does not store environment names, so you'd need to keep track of which ID is what name yourself.
- Example
funtion checkID(id)
echo(strinf.format("The env ID of room #%d is %d.\n", id, getRoomEnv(id)))
end
getRoomExits
- getRoomExits (roomID)
- Returns the currently known non-special exits for a room in an key-index form: exit = exitroomid.
- See also: getSpecialExits()
- Example
table {
'northwest': 80
'east': 78
}
Here's a practical example that queries the rooms around you and searched for one of the water environments (the number would depend on how it was mapped):
local exits = getRoomExits(mycurrentroomid)
for direction,num in pairs(exits) do
local env_num = getRoomEnv(num)
if env_num == 22 or env_num == 20 or env_num == 30 then
print("There's water to the "..direction.."!")
end
end
getRoomHashByID
- roomHash = getRoomHashByID(roomID)
- Returns a room hash that is associated with a given room ID in the mapper. This is primarily for MUDs that make use of hashes instead of room IDs. It may be used to share map data while not sharing map itself. nil is returned if no room is not found.
- See also: getRoomIDbyHash()
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.13.0
Note: This operation is more expensive than getRoomIDbyHash() as it iterates over all rooms.
- Example
for id,name in pairs(getRooms()) do
local h = getRoomUserData(id, "herbs")
if h ~= "" then
echo(string.format([[["%s"] = "%s",]], getRoomHashByID(id), h))
echo("\n")
end
end
getRoomIDbyHash
- roomID = getRoomIDbyHash(hash)
- Returns a room ID that is associated with a given hash in the mapper. This is primarily for MUDs that make use of hashes instead of room IDs (like Avalon.de MUD). -1 is returned if no room ID matches the hash.
- See also: getRoomHashByID()
- Example
-- example taken from http://forums.mudlet.org/viewtopic.php?f=13&t=2177
_id1 = getRoomIDbyHash( "5dfe55b0c8d769e865fd85ba63127fbc" );
if _id1 == -1 then
_id1 = createRoomID()
setRoomIDbyHash( _id1, "5dfe55b0c8d769e865fd85ba63127fbc" )
addRoom( _id )
setRoomCoordinates( _id1, 0, 0, -1 )
end
getRoomName
- roomName = getRoomName(roomID)
- Returns the room name for a given room id.
- Example
echo(string.format("The name of the room id #455 is %s.", getRoomName(455))
getRooms
- rooms = getRooms()
- Returns the list of all rooms in the map in the whole map in roomid - room name format.
- Example
-- simple, raw viewer for rooms in the world
display(getRooms())
getRoomsByPosition
- roomTable = getRoomsByPosition(areaID, x,y,z)
- Returns an indexed table of all rooms at the given coordinates in the given area, or an empty one if there are none. This function can be useful for checking if a room exists at certain coordinates, or whenever you have rooms overlapping.
- Example
-- sample alias to determine a room nearby, given a relative direction from the current room
local otherroom
if matches[2] == "" then
local w = matches[3]
local ox, oy, oz, x,y,z = getRoomCoordinates(mmp.currentroom)
local has = table.contains
if has({"west", "left", "w", "l"}, w) then
x = (x or ox) - 1; y = (y or oy); z = (z or oz)
elseif has({"east", "right", "e", "r"}, w) then
x = (x or ox) + 1; y = (y or oy); z = (z or oz)
elseif has({"north", "top", "n", "t"}, w) then
x = (x or ox); y = (y or oy) + 1; z = (z or oz)
elseif has({"south", "bottom", "s", "b"}, w) then
x = (x or ox); y = (y or oy) - 1; z = (z or oz)
elseif has({"northwest", "topleft", "nw", "tl"}, w) then
x = (x or ox) - 1; y = (y or oy) + 1; z = (z or oz)
elseif has({"northeast", "topright", "ne", "tr"}, w) then
x = (x or ox) + 1; y = (y or oy) + 1; z = (z or oz)
elseif has({"southeast", "bottomright", "se", "br"}, w) then
x = (x or ox) + 1; y = (y or oy) - 1; z = (z or oz)
elseif has({"southwest", "bottomleft", "sw", "bl"}, w) then
x = (x or ox) - 1; y = (y or oy) - 1; z = (z or oz)
elseif has({"up", "u"}, w) then
x = (x or ox); y = (y or oy); z = (z or oz) + 1
elseif has({"down", "d"}, w) then
x = (x or ox); y = (y or oy); z = (z or oz) - 1
end
local carea = getRoomArea(mmp.currentroom)
if not carea then mmp.echo("Don't know what area are we in.") return end
otherroom = select(2, next(getRoomsByPosition(carea,x,y,z)))
if not otherroom then
mmp.echo("There isn't a room to the "..w.." that I see - try with an exact room id.") return
else
mmp.echo("The room "..w.." of us has an ID of "..otherroom)
end
Note: Due to a past coding error the table uses C-style indexes and the first value in the table is at an index of 0 and not the usual lua index of 1 which means that using # to count the size of the returned table will produce erroneous results, use table.size() instead.
getRoomUserData
- dataText = getRoomUserData(roomID, key)
- Returns the user data value (string) stored at a given room with a given key (string), or "" if none is stored. Use setRoomUserData() function for setting the user data.
- Example
display(getRoomUserData(341, "visitcount"))
Note: code around 3.0 preview versions "delta" and "epsilon" were revised and would return both a Lua nil and an error message should the roomID not actually exist or if the key was not found in the user data for that room. This would break existing scripts that relied upon getting an empty string i.e. "" in either of those case even though it is possible to store such a string against a key in the room user data. This has now been changed back to restore the prior behavior when getRoomUserData is provided with two arguments; new scripts are instead recommended to use:
- getRoomUserData(roomID, key, enableFullErrorReporting)
- Returns the user data value (string) stored at a given room with a given key (string), or, if the boolean value enableFullErrorReporting is true, nil and an error message if the key is not present or the room does not exist; if enableFullErrorReporting is false an empty string is returned but then it is not possible to tell if that particular value is actually stored or not against the given key.
- See also: clearRoomUserData(), clearRoomUserDataItem(), getAllRoomUserData(), getRoomUserDataKeys(), searchRoomUserData(), setRoomUserData()
- Example
local vNum = 341
result, errMsg = getRoomUserData(vNum, "visitcount", true)
if result ~= nil then
display(result)
else
echo("\nNo visitcount data for room: "..vNum.."; reason: "..errMsg.."\n")
end
getRoomUserDataKeys
- getRoomUserDataKeys(roomID)
- Returns all the keys for user data items stored in the given room ID; will return an empty table if there is no data stored or nil if there is no such room with that ID. Can be useful if the user was not the one who put the data in the map in the first place!
- See also: clearRoomUserData(), clearRoomUserDataItem(), getAllRoomUserData(), getRoomUserData(), searchRoomUserData(), setRoomUserData()
- Example
display(getRoomUserDataKeys(3441))
--might result in:--
{
"description",
"doorname_up",
}
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.
getRoomWeight
- room weight = getRoomWeight(roomID)
- Returns the weight of a room. By default, all new rooms have a weight of 1.
- See also: setRoomWeight()
- Example
display("Original weight of room 541: "..getRoomWeight(541)
setRoomWeight(541, 3)
display("New weight of room 541: "..getRoomWeight(541)
getSpecialExits
- exits = getSpecialExits(roomID)
- Returns a roomid - command table of all special exits in the room. If there are no special exits in the room, the table returned will be empty.
- See also: getRoomExits()
- Example
getSpecialExits(1337)
-- results in:
--[[
table {
12106: 'faiglom nexus'
}
]]
getSpecialExitsSwap
- exits = getSpecialExitsSwap(roomID)
- Very similar to getSpecialExits() function, but returns the rooms in the command - roomid style.
gotoRoom
- gotoRoom (roomID)
- Speedwalks you to the given room from your current room if it is able and knows the way. You must turn the map on for this to work, else it will return "(mapper): Don't know how to get there from here :(".
hasExitLock
- status = hasExitLock(roomID, direction)
- Returns true or false depending on whenever a given exit leading out from a room is locked. Direction can be specified as a number, short direction name ("nw") or long direction name ("northwest").
- Example
-- check if the east exit of room 1201 is locked
display(hasExitLock(1201, 4))
display(hasExitLock(1201, "e"))
display(hasExitLock(1201, "east"))
- See also: lockExit()
hasSpecialExitLock
- status = hasSpecialExitLock(from roomID, to roomID, command)
- Returns true or false depending on whenever a given exit leading out from a room is locked. command is the action to take to get through the gate.
-- lock a special exit from 17463 to 7814 that uses the 'enter feather' command
lockSpecialExit(17463, 7814, 'enter feather', true)
-- see if it is locked: it will say 'true', it is
display(hasSpecialExitLock(17463, 7814, 'enter feather'))
highlightRoom
- highlightRoom( roomID, color1Red, color1Green, color1Blue, color2Red, color2Green, color2Blue, highlightRadius, color1Alpha, color2Alpha)
- Highlights a room with the given color, which will override its environment color. If you use two different colors, then there'll be a shading from the center going outwards that changes into the other color.
- Parameters
- roomID
- ID of the room to be colored.
- color1Red, color1Green, color1Blue
- RGB values of the first color.
- color2Red, color2Green, color2Blue
- RGB values of the second color.
- highlightRadius
- The radius for the highlight circle - if you don't want rooms beside each other to overlap, use 1 as the radius.
- color1Alpha and color2Alpha
- Transparency values from 0 (completely transparent) to 255 (not transparent at all).
- See also: unHighlightRoom()
Note: Available since Mudlet 2.0.
-- color room #351 red to blue
local r,g,b = unpack(color_table.red)
local br,bg,bb = unpack(color_table.blue)
highlightRoom(351, r,g,b,br,bg,bb, 1, 255, 255)
getAllRoomEntrances
- exitsTable = getAllRoomEntrances(roomID)
- Returns an indexed list of normal and special exits leading into this room. In case of two-way exits, this'll report exactly the same rooms as getRoomExits(), but this function has the ability to pick up one-way exits coming into the room as well.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.
- Example
-- print the list of rooms that have exits leading into room 512
for _, roomid in ipairs(getAllRoomEntrances(512)) do
print(roomid)
end
- See also: getRoomExits()
loadMap
- boolean = loadMap(file location)
- Loads the map file from a given location. The map file must be in Mudlet's format - saved with saveMap() or, as of the Mudlet 3.0 may be a MMP XML map conforming to the structure used by I.R.E. for their download-able maps for their MUDs.
- Returns a boolean for whenever the loading succeeded. Note that the mapper must be open, or this will fail.
- See also: saveMap()
loadMap("/home/user/Desktop/Mudlet Map.dat")
lockExit
- lockExit(roomID, direction, lockIfTrue)
- Locks a given exit from a room (which means that unless all exits in the incoming room are locked, it'll still be accessible). Direction can be specified as a number, short direction name ("nw") or long direction name ("northwest").
- See also: hasExitLock()
- Example
-- lock the east exit of room 1201 so we never path through it
lockExit(1201, 4, true)
lockRoom
- lockRoom (roomID, lockIfTrue)
- Locks a given room id from future speed walks (thus the mapper will never path through that room).
- See also: roomLocked()
- Example
lockRoom(1, true) -- locks a room if from being walked through when speedwalking.
lockRoom(1, false) -- unlocks the room, adding it back to possible rooms that can be walked through.
lockSpecialExit
- lockSpecialExit (from roomID, to roomID, special exit command, lockIfTrue)
- Locks a given special exit, leading from one specific room to another that uses a certain command from future speed walks (thus the mapper will never path through that special exit).
- See also: hasSpecialExitLock(), lockExit(), lockRoom()
- Example
lockSpecialExit(1,2,'enter gate', true) -- locks the special exit that does 'enter gate' to get from room 1 to room 2
lockSpecialExit(1,2,'enter gate', false) -- unlocks the said exit
resetRoomArea
- resetRoomArea (areaID)
- Unassigns the room from its given area. While not assigned, its area ID will be -1. Note that since Mudlet 3.0 the "default area" which has the id of -1 may be selectable in the area selection widget on the mapper - although there is also an option to conceal this in the settings.
- See also: setRoomArea(), getRoomArea()
- Example
resetRoomArea(3143)
removeMapEvent
- removeMapEvent (event name)
- Removes the given menu entry from a mappers right-click menu. You can add custom ones with addMapEvent().
- See also: addMapEvent(), addMapMenu(), getMapEvents()
- Example
addMapEvent("room a", "onFavorite") -- add one to the general menu
removeMapEvent("room a") -- removes the said menu
removeCustomLine
- removeCustomLine(roomID, direction)
- Removes the custom exit line that's associated with a specific exit of a room.
- See also: addCustomLine(), getCustomLines()
- Example
-- remove custom exit line that starts in room 315 going north
removeCustomLine(315, "n")
removeSpecialExit
- removeSpecialExit(roomID, command)
- Removes the special exit which is accessed by command from the room with the given roomID.
- See also: addSpecialExit(), clearSpecialExits()
- Example
addSpecialExit(1, 2, "pull rope") -- add a special exit from room 1 to room 2
removeSpecialExit(1, "pull rope") -- removes the exit again
roomExists
- roomExists(roomID)
- Returns a boolean true/false depending if the room with that ID exists (is created) or not.
roomLocked
- locked = roomLocked(roomID)
- Returns true or false whenever a given room is locked.
- See also: lockRoom()
- Example
echo(string.format("Is room #4545 locked? %s.", roomLocked(4545) and "Yep" or "Nope"))
saveMap
- saveMap([location], [version])
- Saves the map to a given location, and returns true on success. The location folder needs to be already created for save to work. You can also save the map in the Mapper settings tab.
- Parameters
- location
- (optional) save the map to the given location if provided, or the default one otherwise.
- version
- (optional) map version as a number to use when saving (Mudlet 3.17+)
- See also: loadMap()
- Example
local savedok = saveMap(getMudletHomeDir().."/my fancy map.dat")
if not savedok then
echo("Couldn't save :(\n")
else
echo("Saved fine!\n")
end
-- save with a particular map version
saveMap(20)
searchAreaUserData
- Searches Areas' User Data in a manner exactly the same as searchRoomUserData() does in all Rooms' User Data, refer to that command for the specific details except to replace references to rooms and room ID numbers there with areas and areas ID numbers.
searchRoom
- searchRoom (room name / room number)
- Searches for rooms that match (by case-insensitive, substring match) the given room name. It returns a key-value table in form of roomid = roomname.
- If you pass it a number instead of a string, it'll act like getRoomName() and return you the room name.
- Example
display(searchRoom("master"))
{
[17463] = 'in the branches of the Master Ravenwood'
[3652] = 'master bedroom'
[10361] = 'Hall of Cultural Masterpieces'
[6324] = 'Exhibit of the Techniques of the Master Artisans'
[5340] = 'office of the Guildmaster'
[2004] = 'office of the guildmaster'
[14457] = 'the Master Gear'
[1337] = 'before the Master Ravenwood Tree'
}
If no rooms are found, then an empty table is returned.
Note: Additional parameters are available since Mudlet 3.0:
- searchRoom (room name, [case-sensitive [, exact-match]])
- Additional Parameters
- case-sensitive:
- If true forces a case-sensitive search to be done on with the supplied room name argument, if false case is not considered.
- exact-match:
- If true forces an exact match rather than a sub-string match, with a case sensitivity as set by previous option.
- Example
-- shows all rooms containing these words in any case: --
display(searchRoom("North road",false,false))
{
[3114] = "Bend in North road",
[3115] = "North road",
[3116] = "North Road",
[3117] = "North road",
[3146] = "Bend in the North Road",
[3088] = "The North Road South of Taren Ferry",
[6229] = "Grassy Field By North Road"
}
-- shows all rooms containing these words in ONLY this case: --
display(searchRoom("North road",true,false))
{
[3114] = "Bend in North road",
[3115] = "North road",
[3117] = "North road",
}
-- shows all rooms containing ONLY these words in any case: --
lua searchRoom("North road",false,true)
{
[3115] = "North road",
[3116] = "North Road",
[3117] = "North road"
}
-- shows all rooms containing ONLY these words in ONLY this case: --
lua searchRoom("North road",true,true)
{
[3115] = "North road",
[3117] = "North road"
}
Note: Technically, with both options (case-sensitive and exact-match) set to true, one could just return a list of numbers as we know precisely what the string will be, but it was kept the same for maximum flexibility in user scripts.
searchRoomUserData
- A command with three variants that search though all the rooms in sequence (so not as fast as a user built/maintained index system) and find/reports on the room user data stored:
- See also: clearRoomUserData(), clearRoomUserDataItem(), getAllRoomUserData(), getRoomUserData(), getRoomUserDataKeys(), setRoomUserData()
- searchRoomUserData(key, value)
- Reports a (sorted) list of all room ids with user data with the given "value" for the given (case sensitive) "key". Due to the lack of previous enforcement it is possible (though not recommended) to have a room user data item with an empty string "" as a key, this is handled correctly.
- searchRoomUserData(key)
- Reports a (sorted) list of the unique values from all rooms with user data with the given (case sensitive) "key". Due to the lack of previous enforcement it is possible (though not recommended) to have a room user data item with an empty string "" as a key, this is handled correctly.
- searchRoomUserData()
- Reports a (sorted) list of the unique keys from all rooms with user data with any (case sensitive) "key", available since Mudlet 3.0.
- Examples
-- if I had stored the details of "named doors" as part of the room user data --
display(searchRoomUserData("doorname_up"))
--[[ could result in a list:
{
"Eastgate",
"Northgate",
"boulderdoor",
"chamberdoor",
"dirt",
"floorboards",
"floortrap",
"grate",
"irongrate",
"rockwall",
"tomb",
"trap",
"trapdoor"
}]]
-- then taking one of these keys --
display(searchRoomUserData("doorname_up","trapdoor"))
--[[ might result in a list:
{
3441,
6113,
6115,
8890
}
]]
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.
setAreaName
- setAreaName(areaID or areaName, newName)
- Names, or renames an existing area to the new name. The area must be created first with addAreaName() and it must be unique.
Note: areaName is available since Mudlet 3.0.
- See also: deleteArea(), addAreaName()
- Example
setAreaName(2, "My city")
-- available since Mudlet 3.0
setAreaName("My old city name", "My new city name")
setAreaUserData
- setAreaUserData(areaID, key (as a string), value (as a string))
- Stores information about an area under a given key. Similar to Lua's key-value tables, except only strings may be used here. One advantage of using userdata is that it's stored within the map file itself - so sharing the map with someone else will pass on the user data. Returns a lua true value on success. You can have as many keys as you'd like, however a blank key will not be accepted and will produce a lua nil and an error message instead.
- Returns true if successfully set.
- See also: clearAreaUserData(), clearAreaUserDataItem(), getAllAreaUserData(), getAreaUserData(), searchAreaUserData()
Note: Release (not Development) version 3.0 software made this function available, but was unable to load the prerequisite map formats 17 and 18 that can store map-level data - that had been fixed in Release 3.0.1 .
- Example
-- can use it to store extra area details...
setAreaUserData(34, "country", "Andor.")
-- or a sound file to play in the background (with a script that checks a room's area when entered)...
setAreaUserData(34, "backgroundSound", "/home/user/mudlet-data/soundFiles/birdsong.mp4")
-- can even store tables in it, using the built-in yajl.to_string function
setAreaUserData(101, "some table", yajl.to_string({ruler = "Queen Morgase Trakand", clan = "Lion Warden"}))
display("The ruler's name is: "..yajl.to_value(getRoomUserData(34, "some table")).ruler)
setCustomEnvColor
- setCustomEnvColor(environmentID, r,g,b,a)
- Creates, or overrides an already created custom color definition for a given environment ID. Note that this will not work on the default environment colors - those are adjustable by the user in the preferences. You can however create your own environment and use a custom color definition for it.
- See also: getCustomEnvColorTable(), setRoomEnv()
Note: Numbers 1-16 and 257-272 are reserved by Mudlet. 257-272 are the default colors the user can adjust in mapper settings, so feel free to use them if you'd like - but don't overwrite them with this function.
- Example
setRoomEnv(571, 200) -- change the room's environment ID to something arbitrary, like 200
local r,g,b = unpack(color_table.blue)
setCustomEnvColor(200, r,g,b, 255) -- set the color of environmentID 200 to blue
setDoor
- setDoor(roomID, exitCommand, doorStatus)
- Creates or deletes a door in a room. Doors are purely visual - they don't affect pathfinding. You can use the information to change to adjust your speedwalking path based on the door information in a room, though.
- Doors CAN be set on stub exits - so that map makers can note if there is an obvious door to somewhere even if they do not (yet) know where it goes, perhaps because they do not yet have the key to open it!
- Returns true if the change could be made, false if the input was valid but ineffective (door status was not changed), and nil with a message string on invalid input (value type errors).
- See also: getDoors()
- Parameters
- roomID:
- Room ID to to create the door in.
- exitCommand:
- The cardinal direction for the door is in - it can be one of the following: n, e, s, w, ne, se, sw, ne. {Plans are afoot to add support for doors on the other normal exits: up, down, in and out, and also on special exits - though more work will be needed for them to be shown in the mapper.} It is important to ONLY use these direction codes as others e.g. "UP" will be accepted - because a special exit could have ANY name/lua script - but it will not be associated with the particular normal exit - recent map auditing code about to go into the code base will REMOVE door and other room exit items for which the appropriate exit (or stub) itself is not present, so in this case, in the absence of a special exit called "UP" that example door will not persist and not show on the normal "up" exit when that is possible later on.
- doorStatus:
- The door status as a number - 0 means no (or remove) door, 1 means open door (will draw a green square on exit), 2 means closed door (yellow square) and 3 means locked door (red square).
- Example
-- make a door on the east exit of room 4234 that is currently open
setDoor(4234, 'e', 1)
-- remove a door from room 923 that points north
setDoor(923, 'n', 0)
setExit
- setExit(from roomID, to roomID, direction)
- Creates a one-way exit from one room to another using a standard direction - which can be either one of n, ne, nw, e, w, s, se, sw, u, d, in, out, the long version of a direction, or a number which represents a direction. If there was an exit stub in that direction already, then it will be automatically deleted for you.
- Returns false if the exit creation didn't work.
- Example
-- alias pattern: ^exit (\d+) (\d+) (\w+)$
-- so exit 1 2 5 will make an exit from room 1 to room 2 via north
if setExit(tonumber(matches[2]), tonumber(matches[3]), matches[4]) then
echo("\nExit set to room:"..matches[3].." from "..matches[2]..", direction:"..string.upper(matches[3]))
else
echo("Failed to set the exit.\n")
end
This function can also delete exits from a room if you use it like so:
setExit(from roomID, -1, direction)
- which will delete an outgoing exit in the specified direction from a room.
setExitStub
- setExitStub(roomID, direction, set/unset)
Creates or removes an exit stub from a room in a given directions. You can use exit stubs later on to connect rooms that you're sure of are together. Exit stubs are also shown visually on the map, so the mapper can easily tell which rooms need finishing.
- Parameters
- roomID:
- The room to place an exit stub in, as a number.
- direction:
- The direction the exit stub should lead in - as ashort direction name ("nw"), long direction name ("northwest") or a number.
- set/unset:
- A boolean to create or delete the exit stub.
- See also: getExitStubs(), connectExitStub()
- Example
Create an exit stub to the south from room 8:
setExitStub(8, "s", true)
How to delete all exit stubs in a room:
for i,v in pairs(getExitStubs(roomID)) do
setExitStub(roomID, v,false)
end
setExitWeight
- setExitWeight(roomID, exitCommand, weight)
- Gives an exit a weight, which makes it less likely to be chosen for pathfinding. All exits have a weight of 0 by default, which you can increase. Exit weights are set one-way on an exit - if you'd like the weight to be applied both ways, set it from the reverse room and direction as well.
- Parameters
- roomID:
- Room ID to to set the weight in.
- exitCommand:
- The direction for the exit is in - it can be one of the following: n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, up, down, in, out, or, if it's a special exit, the special exit command - note that the strings for normal exits are case-sensitive and must currently be exactly as given here.
- weight:
- Exit weight - by default, all exits have a weight of 0 meaning that the weight of the destination room is use when the route finding code is considering whether to use that exit; setting a value for an exit can increase or decrease the chance of that exit/destination room being used for a route by the route-finding code. For example, if the destination room has very high weight compared to it's neighbors but the exit has a low value then that exit and thus the room is more likely to be used than if the exit was not weighted.
- See also: getExitWeights()
setGridMode
- setGridMode(areaID, true/false)
- Enables grid/wilderness view mode for an area - this will cause the rooms to lose their visible exit connections, like you'd see on compressed ASCII maps, both in 2D and 3D view mode; for the 2D map the custom exit lines will also not be shown if this mode is enabled.
- Returns true if the area exists, otherwise false.
- See also: getGridMode()
- Example
setGridMode(55, true) -- set area with ID 55 to be in grid mode
setMapUserData
- setMapUserData(key (as a string), value (as a string))
- Stores information about the map under a given key. Similar to Lua's key-value tables, except only strings may be used here. One advantage of using userdata is that it's stored within the map file itself - so sharing the map with someone else will pass on the user data. You can have as many keys as you'd like.
- Returns true if successfully set.
- See also: clearMapUserData(), clearMapUserDataItem(), getAllMapUserData(), getMapUserData()
Note: Release (not Development) version 3.0 software made this function available, but was unable to load the prerequisite map formats 17 and 18 that can store map-level data - that had been fixed in Release 3.0.1 .
- Example
-- store general meta information about the map...
setMapUserData("game_name", "Achaea Mudlet map")
-- or who the author was
setMapUserData("author", "Bob")
-- can even store tables in it, using the built-in yajl.to_string function
setMapUserData("some table", yajl.to_string({game = "mud.com", port = 23}))
display("Available game info in the map: ")
display(yajl.to_value(getMapUserData("some table")))
setMapZoom
- setMapZoom(zoom)
- Zooms the map in to a given zoom level. 1 is the closest you can get, and anything higher than that zooms the map out. Call centerview() after you set the zoom to refresh the map.
- Example
setMapZoom(10) -- zoom to a somewhat acceptable level, a bit big but easily visible connections
setRoomArea
- setRoomArea(roomID, newAreaID or newAreaName)
- Assigns the given room to a new or different area. If the area is displayed in the mapper this will have the room be visually moved into the area as well.
- See also: resetRoomArea()
setRoomChar
- setRoomChar(roomID, character)
- Originally designed for an area in grid mode, takes a single ASCII character and draws it on the rectangular background of the room in the 2D map, the symbol can be cleared by using "_" as the character.
- Example
setRoomChar(431, "#")
setRoomChar(123. "$")
- Since Mudlet version 3.8 : this facility has been extended:
- This function will now take a short string of any printable characters as a room symbol, and they will be shrunk to fit them all in horizontally but if they become too small that symbol may not be shown if the zoom is such that the room symbol is too small to be legible.
- As "_" is now a valid character an existing symbol may be erased with either a space " " or an empty string "" although neither may be effective in some previous versions of Mudlet.
- Should the rooms be set to be drawn as circles this is now accommodated and the symbol will be resized to fit the reduce drawing area this will cause.
- The range of characters that are available are now dependent on the fonts present in the system and a setting on the "Mapper" tab in the preferences that control whether a specific font is to be used for all symbols (which is best if a font is included as part of a MUD server package, but has the issue that it may not be displayable if the user does not have that font or chooses a different one) or any font in the user's system may be used (which is the default, but may not display the glyph {the particular representation of a grapheme in a particular font} that the original map creator expected). Should it not be possible to display the wanted symbol in the map because one or more of the required glyphs are not available in either the specified or any font depending on the setting then the replacement character (Unicode code-point U+FFFD '�') will be shown instead. To allow such missing symbols to be handled the "Mapper" tab on the preferences dialogue has an option to display:
- an indicator to show whether the symbol can be made just from the selected font (green tick), from the fonts available in the system (yellow warning triangle) or not at all (red cross)
- all the symbols used on the map and how they will be displayed both only using the selected font and all fonts
- the sequence of code-points used to create the symbol which will be useful when used in conjunction with character selection utilities such as charmap.exe on Windows and gucharmap on unix-like system
- a count of the rooms using the particular symbol
- a list, limited in entries of the first rooms using that symbol
- The font that is chosen to use as the primary (or only) one for the room symbols is stored in the Mudlet map data so that setting will be included if a binary map is shared to other Mudlet users or profiles on the same system.
- See also: getRoomChar()
setRoomCoordinates
- setRoomCoordinates(roomID, x, y, z)
- Sets the given room ID to be at the following coordinates visually on the map, where z is the up/down level.
Note: 0,0,0 is the center of the map.
- Example
-- alias pattern: ^set rc (-?\d+) (-?\d+) (-?\d+)$
local x,y,z = getRoomCoordinates(previousRoomID)
local dir = matches[2]
if dir == "n" then
y = y+1
elseif dir == "ne" then
y = y+1
x = x+1
elseif dir == "e" then
x = x+1
elseif dir == "se" then
y = y-1
x = x+1
elseif dir == "s" then
y = y-1
elseif dir == "sw" then
y = y-1
x = x-1
elseif dir == "w" then
x = x-1
elseif dir == "nw" then
y = y+1
x = x-1
elseif dir == "u" or dir == "up" then
z = z+1
elseif dir == "down" then
z = z-1
end
setRoomCoordinates(roomID,x,y,z)
centerview(roomID)
- You can make them relative as well:
-- alias pattern: ^src (\w+)$
local x,y,z = getRoomCoordinates(previousRoomID)
local dir = matches[2]
if dir == "n" then
y = y+1
elseif dir == "ne" then
y = y+1
x = x+1
elseif dir == "e" then
x = x+1
elseif dir == "se" then
y = y-1
x = x+1
elseif dir == "s" then
y = y-1
elseif dir == "sw" then
y = y-1
x = x-1
elseif dir == "w" then
x = x-1
elseif dir == "nw" then
y = y+1
x = x-1
elseif dir == "u" or dir == "up" then
z = z+1
elseif dir == "down" then
z = z-1
end
setRoomCoordinates(roomID,x,y,z)
centerview(roomID)
setRoomEnv
- setRoomEnv(roomID, newEnvID)
- Sets the given room to a new environment ID. You don't have to use any functions to create it - can just set it right away.
- See also: setCustomEnvColor()
- Example
setRoomEnv(551, 34) -- set room with the ID of 551 to the environment ID 34
setRoomIDbyHash
- setRoomIDbyHash(roomID, hash)
- Sets the hash to be associated with the given roomID. See also getRoomIDbyHash().
setRoomName
- setRoomName(roomID, newName)
- Renames an existing room to a new name.
- Example
setRoomName(534, "That evil room I shouldn't visit again.")
lockRoom(534, true) -- and lock it just to be safe
setRoomUserData
- setRoomUserData(roomID, key (as a string), value (as a string))
- Stores information about a room under a given key. Similar to Lua's key-value tables, except only strings may be used here. One advantage of using userdata is that it's stored within the map file itself - so sharing the map with someone else will pass on the user data. You can have as many keys as you'd like.
- Returns true if successfully set.
- See also: clearRoomUserData(), clearRoomUserDataItem(), getAllRoomUserData(), getRoomUserData(), searchRoomUserData()
- Example
-- can use it to store room descriptions...
setRoomUserData(341, "description", "This is a plain-looking room.")
-- or whenever it's outdoors or not...
setRoomUserData(341, "ourdoors", "true")
-- how how many times we visited that room
local visited = getRoomUserData(341, "visitcount")
visited = (tonumber(visited) or 0) + 1
setRoomUserData(341, "visitcount", tostring(visited))
-- can even store tables in it, using the built-in yajl.to_string function
setRoomUserData(341, "some table", yajl.to_string({name = "bub", age = 23}))
display("The denizens name is: "..yajl.to_value(getRoomUserData(341, "some table")).name)
setRoomWeight
- setRoomWeight(roomID, weight)
- Sets a weight to the given roomID. By default, all rooms have a weight of 1 - the higher the weight is, the more likely the room is to be avoided for pathfinding. For example, if travelling across water rooms takes more time than land ones - then you'd want to assign a weight to all water rooms, so they'd be avoided if there are possible land pathways.
Note: The minimum allowed room weight is 1.
- To completely avoid a room, make use of lockRoom().
- See also: getRoomWeight()
- Example
setRoomWeight(1532, 3) -- avoid using this room if possible, but don't completely ignore it
speedwalk
- speedwalk(dirString, backwards, delay, show)
- A speedwalking function will work on cardinal+ordinal directions (n, ne, e, etc.) as well as u (for up), d (for down), in and out. It can be called to execute all directions directly after each other, without delay, or with a custom delay, depending on how fast your mud allows you to walk. It can also be called with a switch to make the function reverse the whole path and lead you backwards.
- Call the function by doing:
speedwalk("YourDirectionsString", true/false, delaytime, true/false)
- The delaytime parameter will set a delay between each move (set it to 0.5 if you want the script to move every half second, for instance). It is optional: If you don't indicate it, the script will send all direction commands right after each other. (If you want to indicate a delay, you -have- to explicitly indicate true or false for the reverse flag.)
- The show parameter will determine if the commands sent by this function are shown or hidden. It is optional: If you don't give a value, the script will show all commands sent. (If you want to use this option, you -have- to explicitly indicate true or false for the reverse flag, as well as either some number for the delay or nil if you do not want a delay.)
- The "YourDirectionsString" contains your list of directions and steps (e.g.: "2n, 3w, u, 5ne"). Numbers indicate the number of steps you want it to walk in the direction specified after it. The directions must be separated by anything other than a letter that can appear in a direction itself. (I.e. you can separate with a comma, spaces, the letter x, etc. and any such combinations, but you cannot separate by the letter "e", or write two directions right next to each other with nothing in-between, such as "wn". If you write a number before every direction, you don't need any further separator. E.g. it's perfectly acceptable to write "3w1ne2e".) The function is not case-sensitive.
- If your Mud only has cardinal directions (n,e,s,w and possibly u,d) and you wish to be able to write directions right next to each other like "enu2s3wdu", you'll have to change the pattern slightly. (See the link at the beginning of my post for something like that.)
- Likewise, if your Mud has any other directions than n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, u, d, in, out, the function must be adapted to that.
- Example
speedwalk("16d1se1u")
-- Will walk 16 times down, once southeast, once up. All in immediate succession.
speedwalk("2ne,3e,2n,e")
-- Will walk twice northeast, thrice east, twice north, once east. All in immediate succession.
speedwalk("IN N 3W 2U W", false, 0.5)
-- Will walk in, north, thrice west, twice up, west, with half a second delay between every move.
speedwalk("5sw - 3s - 2n - w", true)
-- Will walk backwards: east, twice south, thrice, north, five times northeast. All in immediate succession.
speedwalk("3w, 2ne, w, u", true, 1.25)
-- Will walk backwards: down, east, twice southwest, thrice east, with 1.25 seconds delay between every move.
Note: The probably most logical usage of this would be to put it in an alias. For example, have the pattern ^/(.+)$ execute:
speedwalk(matches[2], false, 0.7)
And have ^//(.+)$ execute: speedwalk(matches[2], true, 0.7)
Or make aliases like: ^banktohome$ to execute speedwalk("2ne,e,ne,e,3u,in", true, 0.5)
Note: The show parameter for this function will be available in Mudlet versions after 3.12.
unHighlightRoom
- unHighlightRoom(roomID)
- Unhighlights a room if it was previously highlighted and restores the rooms original environment color.
- See also: highlightRoom()
Note: Available since Mudlet 2.0 final release
- Example
unHighlightRoom(4534)
updateMap
- updateMap()
- Updates the mapper display (redraws it). Use this function if you've edited the map via script and would like the changes to show.
- See also: centerview()
- Example
-- delete a some room
deleteRoom(500)
-- now make the map show that it's gone
updateMap()
Miscellaneous Functions
addSupportedTelnetOption
- addSupportedTelnetOption(option)
- Adds a telnet option, which when queried by a MUD server, Mudlet will return DO (253) on. Use this to register the telnet option that you will be adding support for with Mudlet - see additional protocols section for more.
- Example
<event handlers that add support for MSDP... see http://www.mudbytes.net/forum/comment/63920/#c63920 for an example>
-- register with Mudlet that it should not decline the request of MSDP support
local TN_MSDP = 69
addSupportedTelnetOption(TN_MSDP)
alert
- alert([seconds])
- alerts the user to something happening - makes Mudlet flash in the Windows window bar, bounce in the macOS dock, or flash on Linux.
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.2+
- Parameters
- seconds:
- (optional) number of seconds to have the alert for. If not provided, Mudlet will flash until the user opens Mudlet again.
- Example
-- flash indefinitely until Mudlet is open
alert()
-- flash for just 3 seconds
alert(3)
closeMudlet
- closeMudlet()
- Closes Mudlet and all profiles immediately.
- See also: saveProfile()
Note: Use with care. This potentially lead to data loss, if "save on close" is not activated and the user didn't save the profile manually as this will NOT ask for confirmation nor will the profile be saved. Also it does not consider if there are other profiles open if multi-playing: they all will be closed!
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.1+
- Example
closeMudlet()
denyCurrentSend
- denyCurrentSend()
- Cancels a send() or user-entered command, but only if used within a sysDataSendRequest event.
- Example
-- cancels all "eat hambuger" commands
function cancelEatHamburger(event, command)
if command == "eat hamburger" then
denyCurrentSend()
cecho("<red>Denied! Didn't let the command through.\n")
end
end
registerAnonymousEventHandler("sysDataSendRequest", "cancelEatHamburger")
expandAlias
- expandAlias(command, [echoBackToBuffer])
- Runs the command as if it was from the command line - so aliases are checked and if none match, it's sent to the game unchanged.
- Parameters
- command
- Text of the command you want to send to the game. Will be checked for aliases.
- echoBackToBuffer
- (optional) If false, the command will not be echoed back in your buffer. Defaults to true if omitted.
Note:
If you want to be using the matches table after calling expandAlias, you should save it first, as, e.g. local oldmatches = matches before calling expandAlias, since expandAlias will overwrite it after using it again.
- Example
expandAlias("t rat")
-- don't echo the command
expandAlias("t rat", false)
Note: Since Mudlet 3.17.1 the optional second argument to echo the command on screen will be ineffective whilst the game server has negotiated the telnet ECHO option to provide the echoing of text we send to him.
feedTriggers
- feedTriggers(text)
- This function will have Mudlet parse the given text as if it came from the MUD - one great application is trigger testing. The built-in `echo alias provides this functionality as well.
- Parameters
- text:
- string which is sent to the trigger processing system almost as if it came from the MUD Server. This string must be byte encoded in a manner to match the currently selected Server Encoding.
- Example
-- try using this on the command line
`echo This is a sample line from the game
-- You can use \n to represent a new line - you also want to use it before and after the text you’re testing, like so:
feedTriggers("\nYou sit yourself down.\n")
send("\n")
-- The function also accept ANSI color codes that are used in MUDs. A sample table can be found http://codeworld.wikidot.com/ansicolorcodes
feedTriggers("\nThis is \27[1;32mgreen\27[0;37m, \27[1;31mred\27[0;37m, \27[46mcyan background\27[0;37m," ..
"\27[32;47mwhite background and green foreground\27[0;37m.\n")
send("\n")
Note: It is important to note that the bytes that are created within the lua code are parsed unchanged - so they must use the correct encoding to match the current Server Encoding setting, this will be significant if the text component contains any characters that are not plain ASCII.
The trigger processing system also requires that some data is received from the game to process the feedTriggers(), so use a send("\n") to get a new prompt (thus new data) right after.
getModulePath
- path = getModulePath(module name)
- Returns the location of a module on the disk. If the given name does not correspond to an installed module, it'll return
nil
- See also: installModule()
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.0+
- Example
getModulePath("mudlet-mapper")
getModulePriority
- priority = getModulePriority(module name)
- Returns the priority of a module as an integer. This determines the order modules will be loaded in - default is 0. Useful if you have a module that depends on another module being loaded first, for example.
- See also: setModulePriority()
- Example
getModulePriority("mudlet-mapper")
getMudletHomeDir
- getMudletHomeDir()
- Returns the current home directory of the current profile. This can be used to store data, save statistical information, or load resource files from packages.
Note: intentionally uses forward slashes
/
as separators on Windows since stylesheets require them.
- Example
-- save a table
table.save(getMudletHomeDir().."/myinfo.dat", myinfo)
-- or access package data. The forward slash works even on Windows fine
local path = getMudletHomeDir().."/mypackagename"
getMudletLuaDefaultPaths
- getMudletLuaDefaultPaths()
- Returns the compiled in default location that this version of Mudlet tries as the last ditch attempt to find the luaGlobal.lua Lua script. luaGlobal.lua is the "loader" for all the Mudlet (and included Geyser but NOT Vyzor GUI management system packages) - failure to find this when a profile is loaded will be associated with a:
[ ERROR ] - LuaGlobal.lua compile error - please report!
message in the main console, instead of the expected:
[ OK ] - Mudlet-lua API & Geyser Layout manager loaded.
Note: This command is initially for *nix (but NOT MacOs) versions that need to support having shared, read-only copies of non-executable files used by an application in a directory that is not directly associated with that executable; for MacOs and Windows version it will not return a useful result either an empty string "" or a single slash "/". It is currently present only in the development branch of code in the GitHub repository and will not be included in the 3.0.0 release or its previews. This command was renamed from getMudletLuaDefaultPath().
getMudletVersion
- getMudletVersion(style)
- Returns the current Mudlet version. Note that you shouldn't hardcode against a specific Mudlet version if you'd like to see if a function is present - instead, check for the existence of the function itself. Otherwise, checking for the version can come in handy if you'd like to test for a broken function or so on.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.0-alpha.
- Parameters
- style:
- (optional) allows you to choose what you'd like returned. By default, if you don't specify it, a key-value table with all the values will be returned: major version, minor version, revision number and the optional build name.
- Values you can choose
- "string":
- Returns the full Mudlet version as text.
- "table":
- Returns the full Mudlet version as four values (multi-return)
- "major":
- Returns the major version number (the first one).
- "minor":
- Returns the minor version number (the second one).
- "revision":
- Returns the revision version number (the third one).
- "build":
- Returns the build of Mudlet (the ending suffix, if any).
- Example
-- see the full Mudlet version as text:
getMudletVersion("string")
-- returns for example "3.0.0-alpha"
-- check that the major Mudlet version is at least 3:
if getMudletVersion("major") >= 3 then echo("You're running on Mudlet 3+!") end
-- if you'd like to see if a function is available however, test for it explicitly instead:
if setAppStyleSheet then
-- example credit to http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/stylesheet-examples.html#customizing-qscrollbar
setAppStyleSheet[[
QScrollBar:vertical {
border: 2px solid grey;
background: #32CC99;
width: 15px;
margin: 22px 0 22px 0;
}
QScrollBar::handle:vertical {
background: white;
min-height: 20px;
}
QScrollBar::add-line:vertical {
border: 2px solid grey;
background: #32CC99;
height: 20px;
subcontrol-position: bottom;
subcontrol-origin: margin;
}
QScrollBar::sub-line:vertical {
border: 2px solid grey;
background: #32CC99;
height: 20px;
subcontrol-position: top;
subcontrol-origin: margin;
}
QScrollBar::up-arrow:vertical, QScrollBar::down-arrow:vertical {
border: 2px solid grey;
width: 3px;
height: 3px;
background: white;
}
QScrollBar::add-page:vertical, QScrollBar::sub-page:vertical {
background: none;
}
]]
end
getProfileName
- getProfileName()
- Returns the name of the profile. Useful when combined with raiseGlobalEvent() to know which profile a global event came from.
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.1+
- Example
-- if connected to the Achaea profile, will print Achaea to the main console
echo(getProfileName())
getCommandSeparator
- getCommandSeparator()
- Returns the command separator in use by the profile.
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.18+
- Example
-- if your command separator is ;;, the following would send("do thing 1;;do thing 2").
-- This way you can determine what it is set to and use that and share this script with
-- someone who has changed their command separator.
-- Note: This is not really the preferred way to send this, using sendAll("do thing 1", "do thing 2") is,
-- but this illustates the use case.
local s = getCommandSeparator()
send("do thing 1" .. s .. "do thing 2")
getServerEncoding
- getServerEncoding()
- Returns the current server data encoding in use.
- See also: setServerEncoding(), getServerEncodingsList()
- Example
getServerEncoding()
getServerEncodingsList
- getServerEncodingsList()
- Returns an indexed list of the server data encodings that Mudlet knows. This is not the list of encodings the servers knows - there's unfortunately no agreed standard for checking that. See encodings in Mudlet for the list of which encodings are available in which Mudlet version.
- See also: setServerEncoding(), getServerEncoding()
- Example
-- check if UTF-8 is available:
if table.contains(getServerEncodingsList(), "UTF-8") then
print("UTF-8 is available!")
end
installModule
- installModule(location)
- Installs a Mudlet XML, zip, or mpackage as a module.
- Parameters
- location:
- Exact location of the file install.
- See also: uninstallModule()
- Example
installModule([[C:\Documents and Settings\bub\Desktop\myalias.xml]])
installPackage
- installPackage(location)
- Installs a Mudlet XML or package.
- Parameters
- location:
- Exact location of the xml or package to install.
- See also: uninstallPackage()
- Example
installPackage([[C:\Documents and Settings\bub\Desktop\myalias.xml]])
killAnonymousEventHandler
- killAnonymousEventHandler(handler id)
- Disables and removes the given event handler.
- Parameters
- handler id
- ID of the event handler to remove as returned by the registerAnonymousEventHandler function.
- See also: registerAnonymousEventHandler
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.5+.
- Example
-- registers an event handler that prints the first 5 GMCP events and then terminates itself
local counter = 0
local handlerId = registerAnonymousEventHandler("gmcp", function(_, origEvent)
print(origEvent)
counter = counter + 1
if counter == 5 then
killAnonymousEventHandler(handlerId)
end
end)
loadWindowLayout
- loadWindowLayout
- Resets the layout of userwindows (floating miniconsoles) to the last saved state.
- See also: saveWindowLayout()
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.2+
- Example
loadWindowLayout()
mudletOlderThan
- mudletOlderThan(major, [minor], [patch])
- Returns true if Mudlet is older than the given version to check. This is useful if you'd like to use a feature that you can't check for easily, such as coroutines support. However, if you'd like to check if a certain function exists, do not use this and use
if mudletfunction then
- it'll be much more readable and reliable.
- Parameters
- major:
- Mudlet major version to check. Given a Mudlet version 3.0.1, 3 is the major version, second 0 is the minor version, and third 1 is the patch version.
- minor:
- (optional) minor version to check.
- patch:
- (optional) patch version to check.
- Example
-- stop doing the script of Mudlet is older than 3.2
if mudletOlderThan(3,2) then return end
-- or older than 2.1.3
if mudletOlderThan(2, 1, 3) then return end
-- however, if you'd like to check that a certain function is available, like getMousePosition(), do this instead:
if not getMousePosition then return end
-- if you'd like to check that coroutines are supported, do this instead:
if not mudlet.supportscoroutines then return end
openWebPage
- openWebPage(URL)
- Opens the browser to the given webpage.
- Parameters
- URL:
- Exact URL to open.
- Example
openWebPage("http://google.com")
playSoundFile
- playSoundFile(fileName, volume)
- This function plays a sound file. On 2.0, it can play most sound formats and up to 4 sounds simultaneously and there's no limit on simultaneous sounds since 3.0.
- Parameters
- fileName:
- Exact path of the sound file.
- volume:
- Set the volume (in percent) of the sound. If no volume is given, 100 (maximum) is used.
- Optional, available since 3.0
See also: stopSounds()
- Example
-- play a sound in Windows
playSoundFile([[C:\My folder\boing.wav]])
-- play a sound in Linux
playSoundFile([[/home/myname/Desktop/boingboing.wav]])
-- play a sound from a package
playSoundFile(getMudletHomeDir().. [[/mypackage/boingboing.wav]])
-- play a sound in Linux at half volume
playSoundFile([[/home/myname/Desktop/boingboing.wav]], 50)
registerAnonymousEventHandler
- id = registerAnonymousEventHandler(event name, function[, one shot])
- Registers a function to an event handler, not requiring you to set one up via script. See here for a list of Mudlet-raised events. The function may be either a string containing a global function name or a lua function object.
- The optional
one shot
parameter allows you to automatically kill an event handler after it is done by giving a true value. If the event you waited for did not occur yet, returntrue
from the function to keep it registered.
- The function returns an ID that can be used in killAnonymousEventHandler() to unregister the handler again.
Note: The ability to register lua functions, the
one shot
parameter and the returned ID are features of Mudlet 3.5 and above.
- See also
- killAnonymousEventHandler()
- Example
-- example taken from the God Wars 2 (http://godwars2.org) Mudlet UI - forces the window to keep to a certain size
function keepStaticSize()
setMainWindowSize(1280,720)
end -- keepStaticSize
registerAnonymousEventHandler("sysWindowResizeEvent", "keepStaticSize")
-- simple inventory tracker for GMCP enabled games. This version does not leak any of the methods
-- or tables into the global namespace. If you want to access it, you should export the inventory
-- table via an own namespace.
local inventory = {}
local function inventoryAdd()
if gmcp.Char.Items.Add.location == "inv" then
inventory[#inventory + 1] = table.deepcopy(gmcp.Char.Items.Add.item)
end
end
registerAnonymousEventHandler("gmcp.Char.Items.Add", inventoryAdd)
local function inventoryList()
if gmcp.Char.Items.List.location == "inv" then
inventory = table.deepcopy(gmcp.Char.Items.List.items)
end
end
registerAnonymousEventHandler("gmcp.Char.Items.List", inventoryList)
local function inventoryUpdate()
if gmcp.Char.Items.Remove.location == "inv" then
local found
local updatedItem = gmcp.Char.Items.Update.item
for index, item in ipairs(inventory) do
if item.id == updatedItem.id then
found = index
break
end
end
if found then
inventory[found] = table.deepcopy(updatedItem)
end
end
end
registerAnonymousEventHandler("gmcp.Char.Items.Update", inventoryUpdate)
local function inventoryRemove()
if gmcp.Char.Items.Remove.location == "inv" then
local found
local removedItem = gmcp.Char.Items.Remove.item
for index, item in ipairs(inventory) do
if item.id == removedItem.id then
found = index
break
end
end
if found then
table.remove(inventory, found)
end
end
end
registerAnonymousEventHandler("gmcp.Char.Items.Remove", inventoryRemove)
-- downloads a package from the internet and kills itself after it is installed.
local saveto = getMudletHomeDir().."/dark-theme-mudlet.zip"
local url = "http://www.mudlet.org/wp-content/files/dark-theme-mudlet.zip"
registerAnonymousEventHandler(
"sysDownloadDone",
function(_, filename)
if filename ~= saveto then
return true -- keep the event handler since this was not our file
end
installPackage(saveto)
os.remove(b)
end,
true
)
downloadFile(saveto, url)
cecho("<white>Downloading <green>"..url.."<white> to <green>"..saveto.."\n")
reloadModule
- reloadModule(module name)
- Reload a module (by uninstalling and reinstalling).
- See also: installModule(), uninstallModule()
- Example
reloadModule("3k-mapper")
resetProfile
- resetProfile()
- Reloads your entire Mudlet profile - as if you've just opened it. All UI elements will be cleared, so this useful when you're coding your UI. To use this function, call it and then receive input from the game - that will trigger Mudlet to do the reset.
- Example
resetProfile()
send("\r")
Note: It is important to note that this requires that some data is received from the game to process, so be connected and use a send("\n") to get a new prompt (thus new data) right after.
saveProfile
- saveProfile()
- Saves the current Mudlet profile to disk, which is equivalent to pressing the "Save Profile" button.
- Example
saveProfile()
saveWindowLayout
- saveWindowLayout
- Saves the layout of userwindows (floating miniconsoles), in case you'd like to load them again later.
- See also: loadWindowLayout()
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.2+
- Example
saveWindowLayout()
sendSocket
- sendSocket(data)
- Sends given binary data as-is to the MUD. You can use this to implement support for a new telnet protocol, simultronics login or etcetera.
- Example
TN_IAC = 255
TN_WILL = 251
TN_DO = 253
TN_SB = 250
TN_SE = 240
TN_MSDP = 69
MSDP_VAL = 1
MSDP_VAR = 2
sendSocket( string.char( TN_IAC, TN_DO, TN_MSDP ) ) -- sends IAC DO MSDP
--sends: IAC SB MSDP MSDP_VAR "LIST" MSDP_VAL "COMMANDS" IAC SE
local msg = string.char( TN_IAC, TN_SB, TN_MSDP, MSDP_VAR ) .. " LIST " ..string.char( MSDP_VAL ) .. " COMMANDS " .. string.char( TN_IAC, TN_SE )
sendSocket( msg )
Note: Remember that should it be necessary to send the byte value of 255 as a data byte and not as the Telnet IAC value it is required to repeat it for Telnet to ignore it and not treat it as the latter.
setMergeTables
- setMergeTables(module)
- Makes Mudlet merge the table of the given GMCP or MSDP module instead of overwriting the data. This is useful if the game sends only partial updates which need combining for the full data. By default "Char.Status" is the only merged module.
- Parameters
- module:
- Name of the GMCP or MSDP module that should be merged as a string.
- Example
setMergeTables("Char.Skills", "Char.Vitals")
setModulePriority
- setModulePriority(moduleName, priority)
- Sets the module priority on a given module as a number - the module priority determines the order modules are loaded in, which can be helpful if you have ones dependent on each other. This can also be set from the module manager window.
- See also: getModulePriority()
setModulePriority("mudlet-mapper", 1)
setServerEncoding
- setServerEncoding(encoding)
- Makes Mudlet use the specified encoding for communicating with the game.
- Parameters
- encoding:
- Encoding to use.
- See also: getServerEncodingsList(), getServerEncoding()
- Example
-- use UTF-8 if Mudlet knows it. Unfortunately there's no way to check if the game's server knows it too.
if table.contains(getServerEncodingsList(), "UTF-8") then
setServerEncoding("UTF-8")
end
spawn
- spawn(readFunction, processToSpawn[, ...arguments])
- Spawns a process and opens a communicatable link with it - read function is the function you'd like to use for reading output from the process, and t is a table containing functions specific to this connection - send(data), true/false = isRunning(), and close().
- Examples
-- simple example on a program that quits right away, but prints whatever it gets using the 'display' function
local f = spawn(display, "ls")
display(f.isRunning())
f.close()
local f = spawn(display, "ls", "-la")
display(f.isRunning())
f.close()
startLogging
- startLogging(state)
- Control logging of the main console text as text or HTML (as specified by the "Save log files in HTML format instead of plain text" setting on the "General" tab of the "Profile preferences" or "Settings" dialog). Despite being called startLogging it can also stop the process and correctly close the file being created. The file will have an extension of type ".txt" or ".html" as appropriate and the name will be in the form of a date/time "yyyy-MM-dd#hh-mm-ss" using the time/date of when logging started. Note that this control parallels the corresponding icon in the "bottom buttons" for the profile and that button can also start and stop the same logging process and will reflect the state as well.
- Parameters
- state:
- Required: logging state. Passed as a boolean
- Returns (4 values)
- successful (bool)
- true if the logging state actually changed; if, for instance, logging was already active and true was supplied then no change in logging state actually occurred and nil will be returned (and logging will continue).
- fileName (string)
- The log will be/is being written to the path/file name returned.
- message (string)
- A displayable message given one of four messages depending on the current and previous logging states, this will include the file name except for the case when logging was not taking place and the supplied argument was also false.
- code (number)
- A value indicating the response to the system to this instruction:
* 0 = logging has just stopped * 1 = logging has just started * -1 = logging was already in progress so no change in logging state * -2 = logging was already not in progress so no change in logging state
- Example
-- start logging
startLogging(true)
-- stop logging
startLogging(false)
stopSounds
- stopSounds()
- Stops all currently playing sounds.
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.0.
- See also: playSoundFile()
- Example
stopSounds()
timeframe
- timeframe(vname, true_time, nil_time, ...)
- A utility function that helps you change and track variable states without using a lot of tempTimers.
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.6+
- Parameters
- vname:
- A string or function to use as the variable placeholder.
- true_time:
- Time before setting the variable to true. Can be a number or a table in the format:
{time, value}
- nil_time:
- (optional) Number of seconds until
vname
is set back to nil. Leaving it undefined will leave it at whatever it was set to last. Can be a number of a table in the format:{time, value}
- ...:
- (optional) Further list of times and values to set the variable to, in the following format:
{time, value}
- Example
-- sets the global 'limiter' variable to true immediately (see the 0) and back to nil in one second (that's the 1).
timeframe("limiter", 0, 1)
-- An angry variable 'giant' immediately set to "fee", followed every second after by "fi", "fo", and "fum" before being reset to nil at four seconds.
timeframe("giant", {0, "fee"}, 4, {1, "fi"}, {2, "fo"}, {3, "fum"})
-- sets the local 'width' variable to true immediately and back to nil in one second.
local width
timeframe(function(value) width = value end, 0, 1)
uninstallModule
- uninstallModule(name)
- Uninstalls a Mudlet module with the given name.
- See also: installModule()
- Example
uninstallModule("myalias")
uninstallPackage
- uninstallPackage(name)
- Uninstalls a Mudlet package with the given name.
- See also: installPackage()
- Example
uninstallPackage("myalias")
yajl.to_string
- yajl.to_string(data)
- Encodes a Lua table into JSON data and returns it as a string. This function is very efficient - if you need to encode into JSON, use this.
- Example
-- on IRE MUDs, you can send a GMCP request to request the skills in a particular skillset. Here's an example:
sendGMCP("Char.Skills.Get "..yajl.to_string{group = "combat"})
-- you can also use it to convert a Lua table into a string, so you can, for example, store it as room's userdata
local toserialize = yajl.to_string(continents)
setRoomUserData(1, "areaContinents", toserialize)
yajl.to_value
- yajl.to_value(data)
- Decodes JSON data (as a string) into a Lua table. This function is very efficient - if you need to dencode into JSON, use this.
- Example
-- given the serialization example above with yajl.to_string, you can deserialize room userdata back into a table
local tmp = getRoomUserData(1, "areaContinents")
if tmp == "" then return end
local continents = yajl.to_value(tmp)
display(continents)
Mudlet Object Functions
appendCmdLine
- appendCmdLine()
- Appends text to the main input line.
- See also: printCmdLine()
- Example
-- adds the text "55 backpacks" to whatever is currently in the input line
appendCmdLine("55 backpacks")
-- makes a link, that when clicked, will add "55 backpacks" to the input line
echoLink("press me", "appendCmdLine'55 backpack'", "Press me!")
clearCmdLine
- clearCmdLine()
- Clears the input line of any text that's been entered.
- Example
-- don't be evil with this!
clearCmdLine()
createStopWatch
- createStopWatch()
- This function creates a stopwatch, a high resolution time measurement tool. Stopwatches can be started, stopped, reset and asked how much time has passed since the stop watch has been started.
- Returns: The ID of a stopwatch.
- Example
- In a global script you can create all stop watches that you need in your system and store the respective stopWatch-IDs in global variables:
fightStopWatch = fightStopWatch or createStopWatch() -- create, or re-use a stopwatch, and store the watchID in a global variable to access it from anywhere
-- then you can start the stop watch in some trigger/alias/script with:
startStopWatch(fightStopWatch)
-- to stop the watch and measure its time in e.g. a trigger script you can write:
fightTime = stopStopWatch(fightStopWatch)
echo("The fight lasted for " .. fightTime .. " seconds.")
resetStopWatch(fightStopWatch)
- You can also measure the elapsed time without having to stop the stop watch with getStopWatchTime().
Note: it's best to re-use stopwatch IDs if you can - Mudlet at the moment does not delete them, so creating more and more would use more memory.
disableAlias
- disableAlias(name)
- Disables/deactivates the alias by its name. If several aliases have this name, they'll all be disabled. If you disable an alias group, all the aliases inside the group will be disabled as well.
- See also: enableAlias()
- Parameters
- name:
- The name of the alias. Passed as a string.
- Examples
--Disables the alias called 'my alias'
disableAlias("my alias")
disableKey
- disableKey(name)
- Disables key a key (macro) or a key group. When you disable a key group, all keys within the group will be implicitly disabled as well.
- See also: enableKey()
- Parameters
- name:
- The name of the key or group to identify what you'd like to disable.
- Examples
-- you could set multiple keys on the F1 key and swap their use as you wish by disabling and enabling them
disableKey("attack macro")
disableKey("jump macro")
enableKey("greet macro")
Note:' From Version 3.10 returns true if one or more keys or groups of keys were found that matched the name given or false if not; prior to then it returns true if there were any keys - whether they matched the name or not!
disableTimer
- disableTimer(name)
- Disables a timer from running it’s script when it fires - so the timer cycles will still be happening, just no action on them. If you’d like to permanently delete it, use killTrigger instead.
- See also: enableTimer()
- Parameters
- name:
- Expects the timer ID that was returned by tempTimer on creation of the timer or the name of the timer in case of a GUI timer.
- Example
--Disables the timer called 'my timer'
disableTimer("my timer")
disableTrigger
- disableTrigger(name)
- Disables a permanent (one in the trigger editor) or a temporary trigger. When you disable a group, all triggers inside the group are disabled as well
- See also: enableTrigger()
- Parameters
- name:
- Expects the trigger ID that was returned by tempTrigger or other temp*Trigger variants, or the name of the trigger in case of a GUI trigger.
- Example
-- Disables the trigger called 'my trigger'
disableTrigger("my trigger")
enableAlias
- enableAlias(name)
- Enables/activates the alias by it’s name. If several aliases have this name, they’ll all be enabled.
- See also: disableAlias()
- Parameters
- name:
- Expects the alias ID that was returned by tempAlias on creation of the alias or the name of the alias in case of a GUI alias.
- Example
--Enables the alias called 'my alias'
enableAlias("my alias")
enableKey
- enableKey(name)
- Enables a key (macro) or a group of keys (and thus all keys within it that aren't explicitly deactivated).
- Parameters
- name:
- The name of the group that identifies the key.
-- you could use this to disable one key set for the numpad and activate another
disableKey("fighting keys")
enableKey("walking keys")
Note:' From Version 3.10 returns true if one or more keys or groups of keys were found that matched the name given or false if not; prior to then it returns true if there were any keys - whether they matched the name or not!
enableTimer
- enableTimer(name)
- Enables or activates a timer that was previously disabled.
- Parameters
- name:
- Expects the timer ID that was returned by tempTimer on creation of the timer or the name of the timer in case of a GUI timer.
-- enable the timer called 'my timer' that you created in Mudlets timers section
enableTimer("my timer")
-- or disable & enable a tempTimer you've made
timerID = tempTimer(10, [[echo("hi!")]])
-- it won't go off now
disableTimer(timerID)
-- it will continue going off again
enableTimer(timerID)
enableTrigger
- enableTrigger(name)
- Enables or activates a trigger that was previously disabled.
- Parameters
- name:
- Expects the trigger ID that was returned by tempTrigger or by any other temp*Trigger variants, or the name of the trigger in case of a GUI trigger.
-- enable the trigger called 'my trigger' that you created in Mudlets triggers section
enableTrigger("my trigger")
-- or disable & enable a tempTrigger you've made
triggerID = tempTrigger("some text that will match in a line", [[echo("hi!")]])
-- it won't go off now when a line with matching text comes by
disableTrigger(triggerID)
-- and now it will continue going off again
enableTrigger(triggerID)
exists
- exists(name, type)
- Tells you how many things of the given type exist.
- Parameters
- name:
- The name or the id returned by the temp* function to identify the item.
- type:
- The type can be 'alias', 'trigger', 'timer', 'keybind' (Mudlet 3.2+), or 'script' (Mudlet 3.17+).
- Example
echo("I have " .. exists("my trigger", "trigger") .. " triggers called 'my trigger'!")
- You can also use this alias to avoid creating duplicate things, for example:
-- this code doesn't check if an alias already exists and will keep creating new aliases
permAlias("Attack", "General", "^aa$", [[send ("kick rat")]])
-- while this code will make sure that such an alias doesn't exist first
-- we do == 0 instead of 'not exists' because 0 is considered true in Lua
if exists("Attack", "alias") == 0 then
permAlias("Attack", "General", "^aa$", [[send ("kick rat")]])
end
- Especially helpful when working with permTimer:
if not exists("My animation timer", "timer") then
vdragtimer = permTimer("My animation timer", "", .016, onVDragTimer) -- 60fps timer!
end
enableTimer("My animation timer")
getButtonState
- getButtonState()
- This function can be used within checkbox button scripts (2-state buttons) to determine the current state of the checkbox.
- Returns 2 if button is checked, and 1 if it's not.
- Example
local checked = getButtonState()
if checked == 1 then
hideExits()
else
showExits()
end
getCmdLine
- getCmdLine()
- Returns the current content of the main input line.
- See also: printCmdLine()
- Example
-- replaces whatever is currently in the input line by "55 backpacks"
printCmdLine("55 backpacks")
--prints the text "55 backpacks" to the main console
echo(getCmdLine())
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.1+
invokeFileDialog
- invokeFileDialog(fileOrFolder, dialogTitle)
- Opens a file chooser dialog, allowing the user to select a file or a folder visually. The function returns the selected path or "" if there was none chosen.
- Parameters
- fileOrFolder: true for file selection, false for folder selection.
- dialogTitle: what to say in the window title.
- Examples
function whereisit()
local path = invokeFileDialog(false, "Where should we save the file? Select a folder and click Open")
if path == "" then return nil else return path end
end
isActive
- isActive(name, type)
- You can use this function to check if something, or somethings, are active.
- Returns the number of active things - and 0 if none are active. Beware that all numbers are true in Lua, including zero.
- Parameters
- name:
- The name or the id returned by temp* function to identify the item.
- type:
- The type can be 'alias', 'trigger', 'timer', 'keybind' (Mudlet 3.2+), or 'script' (Mudlet 3.17+).
- Example
echo("I have " .. isActive("my trigger", "trigger") .. " currently active trigger(s) called 'my trigger'!")
isPrompt
- isPrompt()
- Returns true or false depending on if the line at the cursor position is a prompt. This infallible feature is available for MUDs that supply GA events (to check if yours is one, look to bottom-right of the main window - if it doesn’t say <No GA>, then it supplies them).
- Example use could be as a Lua function, making closing gates on a prompt real easy.
- Example
-- make a trigger pattern with 'Lua function', and this will trigger on every prompt!
return isPrompt()
killAlias
- killAlias(aliasID)
- Deletes a temporary alias with the given ID.
- Parameters
- aliasID:
- The id returned by tempAlias to identify the alias.
-- deletes the alias with ID 5
killAlias(5)
killKey
- killKey(name)
- Deletes a keybinding with the given name. If several keybindings have this name, they'll all be deleted.
- Parameters
- name:
- The name or the id returned by tempKey to identify the key.
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.2+
-- make a temp key
local keyid = tempKey(mudlet.key.F8, [[echo("hi!")]])
-- delete the said temp key
killKey(keyid)
killTimer
- killTimer(id)
- Deletes a tempTimer.
Note: Non-temporary timers that you have set up in the GUI OR by using permTimer cannot be deleted with this function. Use disableTimer() and enableTimer() to turn them on or off.
- Parameters
- id: the ID returned by tempTimer.
- Returns true on success and false if the timer id doesn’t exist anymore (timer has already fired) or the timer is not a temp timer.
- Example
-- create the timer and remember the timer ID
timerID = tempTimer(10, [[echo("hello!")]])
-- delete the timer
if killTimer(timerID) then echo("deleted the timer") else echo("timer is already deleted") end
killTrigger
- killTrigger(id)
- Deletes a tempTrigger, or a trigger made with one of the temp<type>Trigger() functions.
Note: When used in out of trigger contexts, the triggers are disabled and deleted upon the next line received from the game - so if you are testing trigger deletion within an alias, the 'statistics' window will be reporting trigger counts that are disabled and pending removal, and thus are no cause for concern.
- Parameters
- id:
- The ID returned by tempTimer to identify the item. ID is a string and not a number.
- Returns true on success and false if the trigger id doesn’t exist anymore (trigger has already fired) or the trigger is not a temp trigger.
permAlias
- permAlias(name, parent, regex, lua code)
- Creates a persistent alias that stays after Mudlet is restarted and shows up in the Script Editor.
- Parameters
- name:
- The name you’d like the alias to have.
- parent:
- The name of the group, or another alias you want the trigger to go in - however if such a group/alias doesn’t exist, it won’t do anything. Use "" to make it not go into any groups.
- regex:
- The pattern that you’d like the alias to use.
- lua code:
- The script the alias will do when it matches.
- Example
-- creates an alias called "new alias" in a group called "my group"
permAlias("new alias", "my group", "^test$", [[echo ("say it works! This alias will show up in the script editor too.")]])
Note: Mudlet by design allows duplicate names - so calling permAlias with the same name will keep creating new aliases. You can check if an alias already exists with the exists function.
permGroup
- permGroup(name, itemtype, [parent])
- Creates a new group of a given type at the root level (not nested in any other groups). This group will persist through Mudlet restarts.
- Parameters
- name:
- The name of the new group item you want to create.
- itemtype:
- The type of the item, can be trigger, alias, or timer.
- parent:
- (optional) Name of existing item which the new item will be created as a child of.
- Example
--create a new trigger group
permGroup("Combat triggers", "trigger")
--create a new alias group only if one doesn't exist already
if exists("Defensive aliases", "alias") == 0 then
permGroup("Defensive aliases", "alias")
end
Note: Added to Mudlet in the 2.0 final release. Parameter parent available in Mudlet 3.1+
permRegexTrigger
- permRegexTrigger(name, parent, pattern table, lua code)
- Creates a persistent trigger with one or more regex patterns that stays after Mudlet is restarted and shows up in the Script Editor.
- Parameters
- name is the name you’d like the trigger to have.
- parent is the name of the group, or another trigger you want the trigger to go in - however if such a group/trigger doesn’t exist, it won’t do anything. Use "" to make it not go into any groups.
- pattern table is a table of patterns that you’d like the trigger to use - it can be one or many.
- lua code is the script the trigger will do when it matches.
- Example
-- Create a regex trigger that will match on the prompt to record your status
permRegexTrigger("Prompt", "", {"^(\d+)h, (\d+)m"}, [[health = tonumber(matches[2]); mana = tonumber(matches[3])]])
Note: Mudlet by design allows duplicate names - so calling permRegexTrigger with the same name will keep creating new triggers. You can check if a trigger already exists with the exists() function.
permBeginOfLineStringTrigger
- permBeginOfLineStringTrigger(name, parent, pattern table, lua code)
- Creates a persistent trigger that stays after Mudlet is restarted and shows up in the Script Editor. The trigger will go off whenever one of the regex patterns it's provided with matches. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls.
- Parameters
- name is the name you’d like the trigger to have.
- parent is the name of the group, or another trigger you want the trigger to go in - however if such a group/trigger doesn’t exist, it won’t do anything. Use "" to make it not go into any groups.
- pattern table is a table of patterns that you’d like the trigger to use - it can be one or many.
- lua code is the script the trigger will do when it matches.
- Examples
-- Create a trigger that will match on anything that starts with "You sit" and do "stand".
-- It will not go into any groups, so it'll be on the top.
permBeginOfLineStringTrigger("Stand up", "", {"You sit"}, [[send ("stand")]])
-- Another example - lets put our trigger into a "General" folder and give it several patterns.
permBeginOfLineStringTrigger("Stand up", "General", {"You sit", "You fall", "You are knocked over by"}, [[send ("stand")]])
Note: Mudlet by design allows duplicate names - so calling permBeginOfLineStringTrigger with the same name will keep creating new triggers. You can check if a trigger already exists with the exists() function.
permSubstringTrigger
- permSubstringTrigger( name, parent, pattern table, lua code )
- Creates a persistent trigger with one or more substring patterns that stays after Mudlet is restarted and shows up in the Script Editor.
- Parameters
- name is the name you’d like the trigger to have.
- parent is the name of the group, or another trigger you want the trigger to go in - however if such a group/trigger doesn’t exist, it won’t do anything. Use "" to make it not go into any groups.
- pattern table is a table of patterns that you’d like the trigger to use - it can be one or many.
- lua code is the script the trigger will do when it matches.
- Example
-- Create a trigger to highlight the word "pixie" for us
permSubstringTrigger("Highlight stuff", "General", {"pixie"},
[[selectString(line, 1) bg("yellow") resetFormat()]])
-- Or another trigger to highlight several different things
permSubstringTrigger("Highlight stuff", "General", {"pixie", "cat", "dog", "rabbit"},
[[selectString(line, 1) fg ("blue") bg("yellow") resetFormat()]])
Note: Mudlet by design allows duplicate names - so calling permSubstringTrigger with the same name will keep creating new triggers. You can check if a trigger already exists with the exists() function.
permTimer
- permTimer(name, parent, seconds, lua code)
- Creates a persistent timer that stays after Mudlet is restarted and shows up in the Script Editor.
- Parameters
- name
- name of the timer.
- parent
- name of the timer group you want the timer to go in.
- seconds
- a floating point number specifying a delay in seconds after which the timer will do the lua code (stored as the timer's "script") you give it as a string.
- lua code is the code with string you are doing this to.
- Returns
- a unique id number for that timer.
- Example
-- create a timer in the "first timer group" group
permTimer("my timer", "first timer group", 4.5, [[send ("my timer that's in my first timer group fired!")]])
-- create a timer that's not in any group; just at the top
permTimer("my timer", "", 4.5, [[send ("my timer that's in my first timer group fired!")]])
-- enable timer - they start off disabled until you're ready
enableTimer("my timer")
Note: The timer is NOT active after creation, it will need to be enabled by a call to enableTimer() before it starts.
Note: Mudlet by design allows duplicate names - so calling permTimer with the same name will keep creating new timers. You can check if a timer already exists with the exists() function.
permKey
- permKey(name, parent, [modifier], key code, lua code)
- Creates a persistent key that stays after Mudlet is restarted and shows up in the Script Editor.
- Parameters
- name
- name of the key.
- parent
- name of the timer group you want the timer to go in or "" for the top level.
- modifier
- (optional) modifier to use - can be one of mudlet.keymodifier.Control, mudlet.keymodifier.Alt, mudlet.keymodifier.Shift, mudlet.keymodifier.Meta, mudlet.keymodifier.Keypad, or mudlet.keymodifier.GroupSwitch or the default value of mudlet.keymodifier.None which is used if the argument is omitted. To use multiple modifiers, add them together: (mudlet.keymodifier.Shift + mudlet.keymodifier.Control)
- key code
- actual key to use - one of the values available in mudlet.key, e.g. mudlet.key.Escape, mudlet.key.Tab, mudlet.key.F1, mudlet.key.A, and so on. The list is a bit long to list out in full so it is available here.
- lua code'
- code you would like the key to run.
- Returns
- a unique id number for that key.
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.2+
- Example
-- create a key at the top level for F8
permKey("my key", "", mudlet.key.F8, [[echo("hey this thing actually works!\n")]])
-- or Ctrl+F8
permKey("my key", "", mudlet.keymodifier.Control, mudlet.key.F8, [[echo("hey this thing actually works!\n")]])
-- Ctrl+Shift+W
permKey("jump keybinding", "", mudlet.keymodifier.Control + mudlet.keymodifier.Shift, mudlet.key.W, [[send("jump")]])
Note: Mudlet by design allows duplicate names - so calling permKey with the same name will keep creating new keys. You can check if a key already exists with the exists() function. The key will be created even if the lua code does not compile correctly - but this will be apparent as it will be seen in the Editor.
printCmdLine
- printCmdLine(text)
- Replaces the current text in the input line, and sets it to the given text.
printCmdLine("say I'd like to buy ")
raiseEvent
- raiseEvent(event_name, arg-1, … arg-n)
- Raises the event event_name. The event system will call the main function (the one that is called exactly like the script name) of all such scripts in this profile that have registered event handlers. If an event is raised, but no event handler scripts have been registered with the event system, the event is ignored and nothing happens. This is convenient as you can raise events in your triggers, timers, scripts etc. without having to care if the actual event handling has been implemented yet - or more specifically how it is implemented. Your triggers raise an event to tell the system that they have detected a certain condition to be true or that a certain event has happened. How - and if - the system is going to respond to this event is up to the system and your trigger scripts don’t have to care about such details. For small systems it will be more convenient to use regular function calls instead of events, however, the more complicated your system will get, the more important events will become because they help reduce complexity very much.
- The corresponding event handlers that listen to the events raised with raiseEvent() need to use the script name as function name and take the correct number of arguments.
Note: handles nil and boolean arguments since Mudlet 3.0.
- Example
- raiseEvent("fight") a correct event handler function would be: myScript( event_name ). In this example raiseEvent uses minimal arguments, name the event name. There can only be one event handler function per script, but a script can still handle multiple events as the first argument is always the event name - so you can call your own special handlers for individual events. The reason behind this is that you should rather use many individual scripts instead of one huge script that has all your function code etc. Scripts can be organized very well in trees and thus help reduce complexity on large systems.
Where the number of arguments that your event may receive is not fixed you can use ... as the last argument in the function declaration to handle any number of arguments. For example:
-- try this function out with "lua myscripthandler(1,2,3,4)"
function myscripthandler(a, b, ...)
print("Arguments a and b are: ", a,b)
-- save the rest of the arguments into a table
local otherarguments = {...}
print("Rest of the arguments are:")
display(otherarguments)
-- access specific otherarguments:
print("First and second otherarguments are: ", otherarguments[1], otherarguments[2])
end
raiseGlobalEvent
- raiseGlobalEvent(event_name, arg-1, … arg-n)
- Like raiseEvent() this raises the event "event_name", but this event is sent to all other opened profiles instead. The profiles receive the event in circular alphabetical order (if profile "C" raised this event and we have profiles "A", "C", and "E", the order is "E" -> "A", but if "E" raised the event the order would be "A" -> "C"); execution control is handed to the receiving profiles so that means that long running events may lock up the profile that raised the event.
- The sending profile's name is automatically appended as the last argument to the event.
- Example
-- from profile called "My MUD" this raises an event "my event" with additional arguments 1, 2, 3, "My MUD" to all profiles except the original one
raiseGlobalEvent("my event", 1, 2, 3)
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.1.0.
Tip: you might want to add the profile name to your plain raiseEvent() arguments. This'll help you tell which profile your event came from similar to raiseGlobalEvent().
resetStopWatch
- resetStopWatch(watchID)
- This function resets the time to 0:0:0.0, but does not start the stop watch. You can start it with startStopWatch → createStopWatch
setConsoleBufferSize
- setConsoleBufferSize(consoleName, linesLimit, sizeOfBatchDeletion)
- Sets the maximum number of lines a buffer (main window or a miniconsole) can hold. Default is 10,000.
- Parameters
- consoleName:
- (optional) The name of the window. If omitted, uses the main console.
- linesLimit:
- Sets the amount of lines the buffer should have.
Note: Mudlet performs extremely efficiently with even huge numbers, so your only limitation is your computers memory (RAM).
- sizeOfBatchDeletion:
- Specifies how many lines should Mudlet delete at once when you go over the limit - it does it in bulk because it's efficient to do so.
- Example
-- sets the main windows size to 5 million lines maximum - which is more than enough!
setConsoleBufferSize("main", 5000000, 1000)
setTriggerStayOpen
- setTriggerStayOpen(name, number)
- Sets for how many more lines a trigger script should fire or a chain should stay open after the trigger has matched - so this allows you to extend or shorten the fire length of a trigger. The main use of this function is to close a chain when a certain condition has been met.
- Parameters
- name: The name of the trigger which has a fire length set (and which opens the chain).
- number: 0 to close the chain, or a positive number to keep the chain open that much longer.
- Examples
-- if you have a trigger that opens a chain (has some fire length) and you'd like it to be closed
-- on the next prompt, you could make a trigger inside the chain with a Lua function pattern of:
return isPrompt()
-- and a script of:
setTriggerStayOpen("Parent trigger name", 0)
-- to close it on the prompt!
startStopWatch
- startStopWatch( watchID )
- Starts the stop watch. Stopwatches can be stopped and re-started any number of times.
- See also: createStopWatch(), stopStopWatch()
- Parameters
- watchID: The stopwatch ID you get with createStopWatch().
- Examples
-- this is a common pattern for re-using stopwatches and starting them:
watch = watch or createStopWatch()
startStopWatch(watch)
stopStopWatch
- stopStopWatch( watchID )
- "Stops" (not really, see note below) the stop watch and returns the elapsed time in milliseconds in form of 0.001. You can also retrieve the current time without stopping the stopwatch with getStopWatchTime().
- Returns time as a number.
- See also: createStopWatch(), getStopWatchTime()
- Parameters
- watchID: The stopwatch ID you get with createStopWatch().
- Examples
-- this is a common pattern for re-using stopwatches and starting them:
watch = watch or createStopWatch()
startStopWatch(watch)
-- do some long-running code here ...
print("The code took: "..stopStopWatch(watch).."s to run.")
Note: The current implementation is broken in that it is NOT possible to stop a stopwatch - it behaves the same as the getStopWatchTime() command.
tempAnsiColorTrigger
- tempAnsiColorTrigger(foregroundColor, backgroundColor, code, expireAfter)
- This is an alternative to tempColorTrigger() which supports the full set of 256 ANSI color codes directly and makes a color trigger that triggers on the specified foreground and background color. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.
- Parameters
- foregroundColor: The foreground color you'd like to trigger on.
- backgroundColor: The background color you'd like to trigger on.
- code to do: The code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function.
- expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches. You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.
- Color codes (note that the values greater than or equal to zero are the actual number codes that ANSI and the game server uses for the 8/16/256 color modes)
- Special codes (may be extended in the future):
- -2 = default text color (what is used after an ANSI SGR 0 m code that resets the foreground and background colors to those set in the preferences)
- -1 = ignore (only one of the foreground or background codes can have this value - otherwise it would not be a color trigger!)
- Special codes (may be extended in the future):
- ANSI 8-color set:
- 0 = (dark) black
- 1 = (dark) red
- 2 = (dark) green
- 3 = (dark) yellow
- 4 = (dark) blue
- 5 = (dark) magenta
- 6 = (dark) cyan
- 7 = (dark) white {a.k.a. light gray}
- ANSI 8-color set:
- Additional colors in 16-color set:
- 8 = light black {a.k.a. dark gray}
- 9 = light red
- 10 = light green
- 11 = light yellow
- 12 = light blue
- 13 = light magenta
- 14 = light cyan
- 15 = light white
- Additional colors in 16-color set:
- 6 x 6 x 6 RGB (216) colors, shown as a 3x2-digit hex code
- 16 = #000000
- 17 = #000033
- 18 = #000066
- ...
- 229 = #FFFF99
- 230 = #FFFFCC
- 231 = #FFFFFF
- 6 x 6 x 6 RGB (216) colors, shown as a 3x2-digit hex code
- 24 gray-scale, also show as a 3x2-digit hex code
- 232 = #000000
- 233 = #0A0A0A
- 234 = #151515
- ...
- 253 = #E9E9E9
- 254 = #F4F4F4
- 255 = #FFFFFF
- 24 gray-scale, also show as a 3x2-digit hex code
- Examples
-- This script will re-highlight all text in a light cyan foreground color on any background with a red foreground color
-- until another foreground color in the current line is being met. temporary color triggers do not offer match_all
-- or filter options like the GUI color triggers because this is rarely necessary for scripting.
-- A common usage for temporary color triggers is to schedule actions on the basis of forthcoming text colors in a particular context.
tempAnsiColorTrigger(14, -1, [[selectString(matches[1],1) fg("red")]])
-- or:
tempAnsiColorTrigger(14, -1, function()
selectString(matches[1], 1)
fg("red")
end)
-- match the trigger only 4 times
tempColorTrigger(14, -1, [[selectString(matches[1],1) fg("red")]], 4)
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17+
tempAlias
- aliasID = tempAlias(regex, code to do)
- Creates a temporary alias - temporary in the sense that it won't be saved when Mudlet restarts (unless you re-create it). The alias will go off as many times as it matches, it is not a one-shot alias. The function returns an ID for subsequent enableAlias(), disableAlias() and killAlias() calls.
- Parameters
- regex: Alias pattern in regex.
- code to do: The code to do when the alias fires - wrap it in [[ ]].
- Examples
myaliasID = tempAlias("^hi$", [[send ("hi") echo ("we said hi!")]])
-- you can also delete the alias later with:
killAlias(myaliasID)
tempBeginOfLineTrigger
- tempBeginOfLineTrigger(part of line, code, expireAfter)
- Creates a trigger that will go off whenever the part of line it's provided with matches the line right from the start (doesn't matter what the line ends with). The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls.
- Parameters
- part of line: start of the line that you'd like to match. This can also be regex.
- code to do: code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function (since Mudlet 3.5.0).
- expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches (since Mudlet 3.11). You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.
- Examples
mytriggerID = tempBeginOfLineTrigger("Hello", [[echo("We matched!")]])
--[[ now this trigger will match on any of these lines:
Hello
Hello!
Hello, Bob!
but not on:
Oh, Hello
Oh, Hello!
]]
-- or as a function:
mytriggerID = tempBeginOfLineTrigger("Hello", function() echo("We matched!") end)
-- you can make the trigger match only a certain amount of times as well, 5 in this example:
tempBeginOfLineTrigger("This is the start of the line", function() echo("We matched!") end, 5)
-- if you want a trigger match not to count towards expiration, return true. In this example it'll match 5 times unless the line is "Start of line and this is the end."
tempBeginOfLineTrigger("Start of line",
function()
if line == "Start of line and this is the end." then
return true
else
return false
end
end, 5)
tempButton
- tempButton(toolbar name, button text, orientation)
- Creates a temporary button. Temporary means, it will disappear when Mudlet is closed.
- Parameters
- toolbar name: The name of the toolbar to place the button into.
- button text: The text to display on the button.
- orientation: a number 0 or 1 where 0 means horizontal orientation for the button and 1 means vertical orientation for the button. This becomes important when you want to have more than one button in the same toolbar.
- Example
-- makes a temporary toolbar with two buttons at the top of the main Mudlet window
lua tempButtonToolbar("topToolbar", 0, 0)
lua tempButton("topToolbar", "leftButton", 0)
lua tempButton("topToolbar", "rightButton", 0)
tempButtonToolbar
- tempButtonToolbar(name, location, orientation)
- Creates a temporary button toolbar. Temporary means, it will disappear when Mudlet is closed.
- Parameters
- name: The name of the toolbar.
- location: a number from 0 to 4, where 0 means "at the top of the screen", 1 means "left side", 2 means "right side" and 3 means "in a window of its own" which can be dragged and attached to the main Mudlet window if needed.
- orientation: a number 0 or 1, where 0 means horizontal orientation for the toolbar and 1 means vertical orientation for the toolbar. This becomes important when you want to have more than one toolbar in the same location of the window.
- Example
-- makes a temporary toolbar with two buttons at the top of the main Mudlet window
lua tempButtonToolbar("topToolbar", 0, 0)
lua tempButton("topToolbar", "leftButton", 0)
lua tempButton("topToolbar", "rightButton", 0)
tempColorTrigger
- tempColorTrigger(foregroundColor, backgroundColor, code, expireAfter)
- Makes a color trigger that triggers on the specified foreground and background color. Both colors need to be supplied in form of these simplified ANSI 16 color mode codes. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.
- Parameters
- foregroundColor: The foreground color you'd like to trigger on.
- backgroundColor: The background color you'd like to trigger on.
- code to do: The code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function (since Mudlet 3.5.0).
- expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches (since Mudlet 3.11). You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.
- Color codes
0 = default text color
1 = light black
2 = dark black
3 = light red
4 = dark red
5 = light green
6 = dark green
7 = light yellow
8 = dark yellow
9 = light blue
10 = dark blue
11 = light magenta
12 = dark magenta
13 = light cyan
14 = dark cyan
15 = light white
16 = dark white
- Examples
-- This script will re-highlight all text in blue foreground colors on a black background with a red foreground color
-- on a blue background color until another color in the current line is being met. temporary color triggers do not
-- offer match_all or filter options like the GUI color triggers because this is rarely necessary for scripting.
-- A common usage for temporary color triggers is to schedule actions on the basis of forthcoming text colors in a particular context.
tempColorTrigger(9, 2, [[selectString(matches[1],1) fg("red") bg("blue")]])
-- or:
tempColorTrigger(9, 2, function()
selectString(matches[1], 1)
fg("red")
bg("blue")
end)
-- match the trigger only 4 times
tempColorTrigger(9, 2, [[selectString(matches[1],1) fg("red") bg("blue")]], 4)
tempComplexRegexTrigger
- tempComplexRegexTrigger(name, regex, code, multiline, fg color, bg color, filter, match all, highlight fg color, highlight bg color, play sound file, fire length, line delta, expireAfter)
- Allows you to create a temporary trigger in Mudlet, using any of the UI-available options. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.
- Returns the trigger name, that you can use killTrigger() later on with.
- Parameters
- name - The name you call this trigger.
- regex - The regular expression you want to match.
- code - Code to do when the trigger runs. You need to wrap it in [[ ]], or give a Lua function (since Mudlet 3.5.0).
- multiline - Set this to 1, if you use multiple regex (see note below), and you need the trigger to fire only if all regex have been matched within the specified line delta. Then all captures will be saved in multimatches instead of matches. If this option is set to 0, the trigger will fire when any regex has been matched.
- fg color - The foreground color you'd like to trigger on.
- bg color - The background color you'd like to trigger on.
- filter - Do you want only the filtered content (=capture groups) to be passed on to child triggers? Otherwise also the initial line.
- match all - Set to 1, if you want the trigger to match all possible occurrences of the regex in the line. When set to 0, the trigger will stop after the first successful match.
- highlight fg color - The foreground color you'd like your match to be highlighted in.
- highlight bg color - The background color you'd like your match to be highlighted in.
- play sound file - Set to the name of the sound file you want to play upon firing the trigger.
- fire length - Number of lines within which all condition must be true to fire the trigger.
- line delta - Keep firing the script for x more lines, after the trigger or chain has matched.
- expireAfter - Delete trigger after a specified number of matches (since Mudlet 3.11). You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.
Note: Set the options starting at multiline to 0, if you don't want to use those options. Otherwise enter 1 to activate or the value you want to use.
Note: If you want to use the color option, you need to provide both fg and bg together.
- Examples
-- This trigger will be activated on any new line received.
triggerNumber = tempComplexRegexTrigger("anyText", "^(.*)$", [[echo("Text received!")]], 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)
-- This trigger will match two different regex patterns:
tempComplexRegexTrigger("multiTrigger", "first regex pattern", [[]], 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)
tempComplexRegexTrigger("multiTrigger", "second regex pattern", [[echo("Trigger matched!")]], 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)
Note: For making a multiline trigger like in the second example, you need to use the same trigger name and options, providing the new pattern to add. Note that only the last script given will be set, any others ignored.
tempExactMatchTrigger
- tempExactMatchTrigger(exact line, code, expireAfter)
- Creates a trigger that will go off whenever the line from the game matches the provided line exactly (ends the same, starts the same, and looks the same). You don't need to use any of the regex symbols here (^ and $). The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.
- Parameters
- exact line: exact line you'd like to match.
- code: code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function (since Mudlet 3.5.0).
- expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches (since Mudlet 3.11). You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.
- Examples
mytriggerID = tempExactMatchTrigger("You have recovered balance on all limbs.", [[echo("We matched!")]])
-- as a function:
mytriggerID = tempExactMatchTrigger("You have recovered balance on all limbs.", function() echo("We matched!") end)
-- expire after 4 matches:
tempExactMatchTrigger("You have recovered balance on all limbs.", function() echo("Got balance back!\n") end, 4)
-- you can also avoid expiration by returning true:
tempExactMatchTrigger("You have recovered balance on all limbs.", function() echo("Got balance back!\n") return true end, 4)
tempKey
- tempKey([modifier], key code, lua code)
- Creates a keybinding. This keybinding isn't temporary in the sense that it'll go off only once (it'll go off as often as you use it), but rather it won't be saved when Mudlet is closed.
- modifier
- (optional) modifier to use - can be one of mudlet.keymodifier.Control, mudlet.keymodifier.Alt, mudlet.keymodifier.Shift, mudlet.keymodifier.Meta, mudlet.keymodifier.Keypad, or mudlet.keymodifier.GroupSwitch or the default value of mudlet.keymodifier.None which is used if the argument is omitted. To use multiple modifiers, add them together: (mudlet.keymodifier.Shift + mudlet.keymodifier.Control)
- key code
- actual key to use - one of the values available in mudlet.key, e.g. mudlet.key.Escape, mudlet.key.Tab, mudlet.key.F1, mudlet.key.A, and so on. The list is a bit long to list out in full so it is available here.
- lua code'
- code you'd like the key to run - wrap it in [[ ]].
- Returns
- a unique id number for that key.
- Examples
local keyID = tempKey(mudlet.key.F8, [[echo("hi")]])
local anotherKeyID = tempKey(mudlet.keymodifier.Control, mudlet.key.F8, [[echo("hello")]])
-- bind Ctrl+Shift+W:
tempKey(mudlet.keymodifier.Control + mudlet.keymodifier.Shift, mudlet.key.W, [[send("jump")]])
-- delete it if you don't like it anymore
killKey(keyID)
tempLineTrigger
- tempLineTrigger(from, howMany, code, expireAfter)
- Temporary trigger that will fire on n consecutive lines following the current line. This is useful to parse output that is known to arrive in a certain line margin or to delete unwanted output from the MUD - the trigger does not require any patterns to match on. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.
- Parameters
- from: from which line after this one should the trigger activate - 1 will activate right on the next line.
- howMany: how many lines to run for after the trigger has activated.
- code: code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function (since Mudlet 3.5.0).
- expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches (since Mudlet 3.11). You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.
- Example
-- Will fire 3 times with the next line from the MUD.
tempLineTrigger(1, 3, function() print(" trigger matched!") end)
-- Will fire 20 lines after the current line and fire twice on 2 consecutive lines, 7 times.
tempLineTrigger(20, 2, function() print(" trigger matched!") end, 7)
tempPromptTrigger
- tempPromptTrigger(code, expireAfter)
- Temporary trigger that will match on the games prompt. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.
Note: If the trigger is not working, check that the N: bottom-right has a number. This feature requires telnet Go-Ahead to be enabled in the game. Available in Mudlet 3.6+
- Parameters
- code: code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function.
- expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches. You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.
Note: expireAfter is available since Mudlet 3.11
- Example
tempPromptTrigger(function()
echo("hello! this is a prompt!")
end)
-- match only 2 times:
tempPromptTrigger(function()
echo("hello! this is a prompt!")
end, 2)
-- match only 2 times, unless the prompt is "55 health."
tempPromptTrigger(function()
if line == "55 health." then return true end
end, 2)
tempRegexTrigger
- tempRegexTrigger(regex, code, expireAfter)
- Creates a temporary regex trigger that executes the code whenever it matches. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.
- Parameters
- regex: regular expression that lines will be matched on.
- code: code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function (since Mudlet 3.5.0).
- expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches (since Mudlet 3.11). You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.
- Examples
-- create a non-duplicate trigger that matches on any line and calls a function
html5log = html5log or {}
if html5log.trig then killTrigger(html5log.trig) end
html5log.trig = tempRegexTrigger("^", [[html5log.recordline()]])
-- or a simpler variant:
html5log.trig = tempRegexTrigger("^", html5log.recordline)
-- only match 3 times:
tempRegexTrigger("^You prick (.+) twice in rapid succession with", function() echo("Hit "..matches[2].."!\n") end, 3)
tempTimer
- tempTimer(time, code to do)
- Creates a temporary one-shot timer and returns the timer ID, which you can use with enableTimer(), disableTimer() and killTimer() functions. You can use 2.3 seconds or 0.45 etc. After it has fired, the timer will be deactivated and destroyed, so it will only go off once. Here is a more detailed introduction to tempTimer.
- Parameters
- time: The time in seconds for which to set the timer for - you can use decimals here for precision. The timer will go off x given seconds after you make it.
- code to do: The code to do when the timer is up - wrap it in [[ ]], or provide a Lua function.
- Examples
-- wait half a second and then run the command
tempTimer( 0.5, [[send("kill monster")]] )
-- or an another example - two ways to 'embed' variable in a code for later:
local name = matches[2]
tempTimer(2, [[send("hello, ]]..name..[[ !")]])
-- or:
tempTimer(2, function()
send("hello, "..name)
end)
Note: Double brackets, e.g: [[ ]] can be used to quote strings in Lua. The difference to the usual `" " quote syntax is that `[[ ]] also accepts the character ". Consequently, you don’t have to escape the " character in the above script. The other advantage is that it can be used as a multiline quote, so your script can span several lines.
Note: Lua code that you provide as an argument is compiled from a string value when the timer fires. This means that if you want to pass any parameters by value e.g. you want to make a function call that uses the value of your variable myGold as a parameter you have to do things like this:
tempTimer( 3.8, [[echo("at the time of the tempTimer call I had ]] .. myGold .. [[ gold.")]] )
-- tempTimer also accepts functions (and thus closures) - which can be an easier way to embed variables and make the code for timers look less messy:
local variable = matches[2]
tempTimer(3, function () send("hello, " .. variable) end)
tempTrigger
- tempTrigger(substring, code, expireAfter)
- Creates a substring trigger that executes the code whenever it matches. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.
- Parameters
- substring: The substring to look for - this means a part of the line. If your provided text matches anywhere within the line from the game, the trigger will go off.
- code: The code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function (since Mudlet 3.5)
- expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches (since Mudlet 3.11). You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.
Example:
-- this example will highlight the contents of the "target" variable.
-- it will also delete the previous trigger it made when you call it again, so you're only ever highlighting one name
if id then killTrigger(id) end
id = tempTrigger(target, [[selectString("]] .. target .. [[", 1) fg("gold") resetFormat()]])
-- you can also write the same line as:
id = tempTrigger(target, function() selectString(target, 1) fg("gold") resetFormat() end)
-- or like so if you have a highlightTarget() function somewhere
id = tempTrigger(target, highlightTarget)
-- a simpler trigger to replace "hi" with "bye" whenever you see it
tempTrigger("hi", [[selectString("hi", 1) replace("bye")]])
-- this trigger will go off only 2 times
tempTrigger("hi", function() selectString("hi", 1) replace("bye") end, 2)
-- table to store our trigger IDs in
nameIDs = nameIDs or {}
-- delete any existing triggers we've already got
for _, id in ipairs(nameIDs) do killTrigger(id) end
-- create new ones, avoiding lots of ]] [[ to embed the name
for _, name in ipairs{"Alice", "Ashley", "Aaron"} do
nameIDs[#nameIDs+1] = tempTrigger(name, function() print(" Found "..name.."!") end)
end
Networking Functions
A collection of functions for managing networking.
connectToServer
- connectToServer(host, port, [save])
- Connects to a given game.
- Parameters
- host:
- Server domain or IP address.
- port:
- Servers port.
- save:
- (optional, boolean) if provided, saves the new connection parameters in the profile so they'll be used next time you open it.
Note: save is available in Mudlet 3.2+.
- Example
connectToServer("midnightsun2.org", 3000)
-- save to disk so these parameters are used next time when opening the profile
connectToServer("midnightsun2.org", 3000, true)
disconnect
- disconnect()
- Disconnects you from the game right away. Note that this will not properly log you out of the game - use an ingame command for that. Such commands vary, but typically QUIT will work.
- See also: reconnect()
- Example
disconnect()
downloadFile
- downloadFile(saveto, url)
- Downloads the resource at the given url into the saveto location on disk. This does not pause the script until the file is downloaded - instead, it lets it continue right away and downloads in the background. When a download is finished, the sysDownloadDone event is raised (with the saveto location as the argument), or when a download fails, the sysDownloadError event is raised with the reason for failure. You may call downloadFile multiple times and have multiple downloads going on at once - but they aren’t guaranteed to be downloaded in the same order that you started them in.
Note: Since Mudlet 3.0, https downloads are supported and the actual url that was used for the download is returned - useful in case of redirects.
- Example
-- just download a file and save it in our profile folder
local saveto = getMudletHomeDir().."/dark-theme-mudlet.zip"
local url = "http://www.mudlet.org/wp-content/files/dark-theme-mudlet.zip"
downloadFile(saveto, url)
cecho("<white>Downloading <green>"..url.."<white> to <green>"..saveto.."\n")
A more advanced example that downloads a webpage, reads it, and prints a result from it:
-- create a function to parse the downloaded webpage and display a result
function downloaded_file(_, filename)
-- is the file that downloaded ours?
if not filename:find("achaea-who-count.html", 1, true) then return end
-- read the contents of the webpage in
local f, s, webpage = io.open(filename)
if f then webpage = f:read("*a"); io.close(f) end
-- delete the file on disk, don't clutter
os.remove(filename)
-- parse our downloaded file for the player count
local pc = webpage:match([[Total: (%d+) players online]])
display("Achaea has "..tostring(pc).." players on right now.")
end
-- register our function to run on the event that something was downloaded
registerAnonymousEventHandler("sysDownloadDone", "downloaded_file")
-- download a list of fake users for a demo
downloadFile(getMudletHomeDir().."/achaea-who-count.html", "https://www.achaea.com/game/who")
Result should look like this:
getIrcChannels
- getIrcChannels()
- Returns a list of channels the IRC client is joined to as a lua table. If the client is not yet started the value returned is loaded from disk and represents channels the client will auto-join when started.
- See also: setIrcChannels()
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+
- Example
display(getIrcChannels())
-- Prints: {"#mudlet", "#lua"}
getIrcConnectedHost
- getIrcConnectedHost()
- Returns true+host where host is a string containing the host name of the IRC server, as given to the client by the server while starting the IRC connection. If the client has not yet started or finished connecting this will return false and an empty string.
- This function can be particularly useful for testing if the IRC client has connected to a server prior to sending data, and it will not auto-start the IRC client.
- The hostname value this function returns can be used to test if sysIrcMessage events are sent from the server or a user on the network.
- Example
local status, hostname = getIrcConnectedHost()
if status == true then
-- do something with connected IRC, send IRC commands, store 'hostname' elsewhere.
-- if sysIrcMessage sender = hostname from above, message is likely a status, command response, or an error from the Server.
else
-- print a status, change connection settings, or just continue waiting to send IRC data.
end
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+
getIrcNick
- getIrcNick()
- Returns a string containing the IRC client nickname. If the client is not yet started, your default nickname is loaded from IRC client configuration.
- See also: setIrcNick()
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+
- Example
local nick = getIrcNick()
echo(nick)
-- Prints: "Sheldor"
getIrcServer
- getIrcServer()
- Returns the IRC client server name and port as a string and a number respectively. If the client is not yet started your default server is loaded from IRC client configuration.
- See also: setIrcServer()
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+
- Example
local server, port = getIrcServer()
echo("server: "..server..", port: "..port.."\n")
getNetworkLatency
- getNetworkLatency()
- Returns the last measured response time between the sent command and the server reply in seconds - e.g. 0.058 (=58 milliseconds lag) or 0.309 (=309 milliseconds). This is the N: number you see bottom-right of Mudlet.
Also known as server lag.
- Example
Need example
openUrl
- openUrl (url)
- Opens the default OS browser for the given URL.
- Example
openUrl("http://google.com")
openUrl("www.mudlet.org")
reconnect
- reconnect()
- Force-reconnects (so if you're connected, it'll disconnect) you to the game.
- Example
-- you could trigger this on a log out message to reconnect, if you'd like
reconnect()
restartIrc
- restartIrc()
- Restarts the IRC client connection, reloading configurations from disk before reconnecting the IRC client.
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+
sendAll
- sendAll(list of things to send, [echo back or not])
- sends multiple things to the game. If you'd like the commands not to be shown, include false at the end.
- See also: send()
- Example
-- instead of using many send() calls, you can use one sendAll
sendAll("outr paint", "outr canvas", "paint canvas")
-- can also have the commands not be echoed
sendAll("hi", "bye", false)
sendATCP
- sendATCP(message, what)
- Need description
- See also: ATCP Protocol, ATCP Extensions, Achaea Telnet Client Protocol specification, Description by forum user KaVir (2013), Description by forum user Iocun (2009)
- Parameters
- message:
- The message that you want to send.
- what:
- Need description
- Example
Need example
sendGMCP
- sendGMCP(command)
- Sends a GMCP message to the server. The IRE document on GMCP has information about what can be sent, and what tables it will use, etcetera.
- Note that this function is rarely used in practice. For most GMCP modules, the messages are automatically sent by the server when a relevant event happens in the game. For example, LOOKing in your room prompts the server to send the room description and contents, as well as the GMCP message gmcp.Room. A call to sendGMCP would not be required in this case.
- See also: GMCP Scripting
- Example
--This would send "Core.KeepAlive" to the server, which resets the timeout
sendGMCP("Core.KeepAlive")
--This would send a request for the server to send an update to the gmcp.Char.Skills.Groups table.
sendGMCP("Char.Skills.Get {}")
--This would send a request for the server to send a list of the skills in the
--vision group to the gmcp.Char.Skills.List table.
sendGMCP("Char.Skills.Get " .. yajl.to_string{group = "vision"})
--And finally, this would send a request for the server to send the info for
--hide in the woodlore group to the gmcp.Char.Skills.Info table
sendGMCP("Char.Skills.Get " .. yajl.to_string{group="MWP", name="block"})
sendMSDP
- sendMSDP(variable[, value][, value...])
- Sends a MSDP message to the server.
- Parameters
- variable:
- The variable, in MSDP terms, that you want to request from the server.
- value:
- The variables value that you want to request. You can request more than one value at a time.
- Example
-- ask for a list of commands, lists, and reportable variables that the server supports
sendMSDP("LIST", "COMMANDS", "LISTS", "REPORTABLE_VARIABLES")
-- ask the server to start keeping you up to date on your health
sendMSDP("REPORT", "HEALTH")
-- or on your health and location
sendMSDP("REPORT", "HEALTH", "ROOM_VNUM", "ROOM_NAME")
sendIrc
- sendIrc(target, message)
- Sends a message to an IRC channel or person. Returns true+status if message could be sent or was successfully processed by the client, or nil+error if the client is not ready for sending, and false+status if the client filtered the message or failed to send it for some reason. If the IRC client hasn't started yet, this function will initiate the IRC client and begin a connection.
Note: Since Mudlet 3.3, auto-opens the IRC window and returns the success status.
- Parameters
- target:
- nick or channel name and if omitted will default to the first available channel in the list of joined channels.
- message:
- The message to send, may contain IRC client commands which start with
/
and can use all commands which are available through the client window.
- Example
-- this would send "hello from Mudlet!" to the channel #mudlet on freenode.net
sendIrc("#mudlet", "hello from Mudlet!")
-- this would send "identify password" in a private message to Nickserv on freenode.net
sendIrc("Nickserv", "identify password")
-- use an in-built IRC command
sendIrc("#mudlet", "/topic")
Note: The following IRC commands are available since Mudlet 3.3:
- /ACTION <target> <message...>
- /ADMIN (<server>)
- /AWAY (<reason...>)
- /CLEAR (<buffer>) -- Clears the text log for the given buffer name. Uses the current active buffer if none are given.
- /CLOSE (<buffer>) -- Closes the buffer and removes it from the Buffer list. Uses the current active buffer if none are given.
- /HELP (<command>) -- Displays some help information about a given command or lists all available commands.
- /INFO (<server>)
- /INVITE <user> (<#channel>)
- /JOIN <#channel> (<key>)
- /KICK (<#channel>) <user> (<reason...>)
- /KNOCK <#channel> (<message...>)
- /LIST (<channels>) (<server>)
- /ME [target] <message...>
- /MODE (<channel/user>) (<mode>) (<arg>)
- /MOTD (<server>)
- /MSG <target> <message...> -- Sends a message to target, can be used to send Private messages.
- /NAMES (<#channel>)
- /NICK <nick>
- /NOTICE <#channel/user> <message...>
- /PART (<#channel>) (<message...>)
- /PING (<user>)
- /RECONNECT -- Issues a Quit command to the IRC Server and closes the IRC connection then reconnects to the IRC server. The same as calling ircRestart() in Lua.
- /QUIT (<message...>)
- /QUOTE <command> (<parameters...>)
- /STATS <query> (<server>)
- /TIME (<user>)
- /TOPIC (<#channel>) (<topic...>)
- /TRACE (<target>)
- /USERS (<server>)
- /VERSION (<user>)
- /WHO <mask>
- /WHOIS <user>
- /WHOWAS <user>
Note: The following IRC commands are available since Mudlet 3.15:
- /MSGLIMIT <limit> (<buffer>) -- Sets the limit for messages to keep in the IRC client message buffers and saves this setting. If a specific buffer/channel name is given the limit is not saved and applies to the given buffer until the application is closed or the limit is changed again. For this reason, global settings should be applied first, before settings for specific channels/PM buffers.
sendTelnetChannel102
- sendTelnetChannel102(msg)
- Sends a message via the 102 subchannel back to the MUD (that's used in Aardwolf). The msg is in a two byte format; see the link below to the Aardwolf Wiki for how that works.
- Example
-- turn prompt flags on:
sendTelnetChannel102("\52\1")
-- turn prompt flags off:
sendTelnetChannel102("\52\2")
To see the list of options that Aardwolf supports go to: Using Telnet negotiation to control MUD client interaction.
setIrcChannels
- setIrcChannels( channels )
- Saves the given channels to disk as the new IRC client channel auto-join configuration. This value is not applied to the current active IRC client until it is restarted with restartIrc()
- See also: getIrcChannels(), restartIrc()
- Parameters
- channels:
- A table containing strings which are valid channel names. Any channels in the list which aren't valid are removed from the list.
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+
- Example
setIrcChannels( {"#mudlet", "#lua", "irc"} )
-- Only the first two will be accepted, as "irc" is not a valid channel name.
setIrcNick
- setIrcNick( nickname )
- Saves the given nickname to disk as the new IRC client configuration. This value is not applied to the current active IRC client until it is restarted with restartIrc()
- See also: getIrcNick(), restartIrc()
- Parameters
- nickname:
- A string with your new desired name in IRC.
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+
- Example
setIrcNick( "Sheldor" )
setIrcServer
- setIrcServer( hostname, port )
- Saves the given server's address to disk as the new IRC client connection configuration. These values are not applied to the current active IRC client until it is restarted with restartIrc()
- See also: getIrcServer(), restartIrc()
- Parameters
- hostname:
- A string containing the hostname of the IRC server.
- port:
- (optional) A number indicating the port of the IRC server. Defaults to 6667, if not provided.
Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+
- Example
setIrcServer( "chat.freenode.net", 6667 )
String Functions
string.byte, utf8.byte
- string.byte(string [, i [, j]]) or utf8.byte(string [, i [, j]])
- mystring:byte([, i [, j]])
- Returns the internal numerical codes of the characters
s[i], s[i+1], ···, s[j]
. The default value fori
is1
; the default value forj
isi
. - Note that numerical codes are not necessarily portable across platforms.
- string.byte() works with English text only, use utf8.byte() for the international version.
- See also: string.char, utf8.char
- Example
-- the following call will return the ASCII values of "A", "B" and "C"
a, b, c = string.byte("ABC", 1, 3)
echo(a .. " - " .. b .. " - " .. c) -- shows "65 - 66 - 67"
-- same for the international version but with the Unicode values
a, b, c = utf8.byte("дом", 1, 3)
echo(a .. " - " .. b .. " - " .. c) -- shows "1076 - 1086 - 1084"
string.char, utf8.char
- string.char(···) or utf8.char(···)
- Receives zero or more integers. Returns a string with length equal to the number of arguments, in which each character has the internal numerical code equal to its corresponding argument.
- Note that numerical codes are not necessarily portable across platforms.
- string.char() works with English text only, use utf8.char() for the international version.
- See also: string.byte, utf8.byte
- Example
-- the following call will return the string "ABC" corresponding to the ASCII values 65, 66, 67
mystring = string.char(65, 66, 67)
-- same for the infernational version which will return text "дом" for the Unicode values 1076, 1086, 1084
mystring = utf8.char(1076,1086,1084)
print(mystring)
string.cut
- string.cut(string, maxLen)
- Cuts string to the specified maximum length.
- Returns the modified string.
- Parameters
- string:
- The text you wish to cut. Passed as a string.
- maxLen:
- The maximum length you wish the string to be. Passed as an integer number.
- Example
--The following call will return 'abc' and store it in myString
myString = string.cut("abcde", 3)
--You can easily pad string to certain length. Example below will print 'abcde ' e.g. pad/cut string to 10 characters.
local s = "abcde"
s = string.cut(s .. " ", 10) -- append 10 spaces
echo("'" .. s .. "'")
string.dump
- string.dump()
Converts a function into a binary string. You can use the loadstring() function later to get the function back.
- string.dump() works with both English and non-English text fine.
- Example
string = string.dump(echo("this is a string"))
--The following should then echo "this is a string"
loadstring(string)()
string.enclose
- string.enclose(String)
- Wraps a string with [[ ]]
- Returns the altered string.
- Parameters
- String:
- The string to enclose. Passed as a string.
- Example
--This will echo '[[Oh noes!]]' to the main window
echo("'" .. string.enclose("Oh noes!") .. "'")
string.ends
- string.ends(String, Suffix)
- Test if string is ending with specified suffix.
- Returns true or false.
- See also: string.starts
- Parameters
- String:
- The string to test. Passed as a string.
- Suffix:
- The suffix to test for. Passed as a string.
- Example
--This will test if the incoming line ends with "in bed" and if not will add it to the end.
if not string.ends(line, "in bed") then
echo("in bed\n")
end
string.find, utf8.find
- string.find(text, pattern [, init [, plain]]) or utf8.find
- Looks for the first match of pattern in the string text. If it finds a match, then find returns the indices of text where this occurrence starts and ends; otherwise, it returns nil. A third, optional numerical argument init specifies where to start the search; its default value is 1 and can be negative. A value of true as a fourth, optional argument plain turns off the pattern matching facilities, so the function does a plain "find substring" operation, with no characters in pattern being considered "magic". Note that if plain is given, then init must be given as well.
If the pattern has captures, then in a successful match the captured values are also returned, after the two indices.
- string.find() works with English text only, use utf8.find() for the international version.
- Example
-- check if the word appears in a variable
if string.find(matches[2], "rabbit") then
echo("Found a rabbit!\n")
end
-- the following example will print: "3, 4"
local start, stop = string.find("This is a test.", "is")
if start then
print(start .. ", " .. stop)
end
-- note that here "is" is being found at the end of the word "This", rather than the expected second word
-- to make it match the word on its own, prefix %f[%a] and suffix %f[%A]
if string.find("This is a test", "%f[%a]is%f[%A]") then
echo("This 'is' is the actual stand-alone word\n")
end
- Return value:
- nil or start and stop position of the first matched text, followed by any captured text.
string.findPattern
- string.findPattern(text, pattern)
- Return first matching substring or nil.
- Parameters
- text:
- The text you are searching the pattern for.
- pattern:
- The pattern you are trying to find in the text.
- Example
Following example will print: "I did find: Troll" string.
local match = string.findPattern("Troll is here!", "Troll")
if match then
echo("I did find: " .. match)
end
- This example will find substring regardless of case.
local match = string.findPattern("Troll is here!", string.genNocasePattern("troll"))
if match then
echo("I did find: " .. match)
end
- Return value:
- nil or first matching substring
See also: string.genNocasePattern()
string.format
- string.format(formatstring,...)
- Returns a formatted version of its variable number of arguments following the description given in its first argument (which must be a string). The format string follows the same rules as the printf family of standard C functions. The only differences are that the options/modifiers *, l, L, n, p, and h are not supported and that there is an extra option, q. The q option formats a string in a form suitable to be safely read back by the Lua interpreter: the string is written between double quotes, and all double quotes, newlines, embedded zeros, and backslashes in the string are correctly escaped when written. For instance, the call
string.format('%q', 'a string with "quotes" and \n new line')
will produce the string:
"a string with \"quotes\" and \ new line"
The options c, d, E, e, f, g, G, i, o, u, X, and x all expect a number as argument, whereas q and s expect a string.
This function does not accept string values containing embedded zeros, except as arguments to the q option.
- string.format() works with both English and non-English text fine.
- Example
Need example
string.genNocasePattern
- string.genNocasePattern(s)
- Generate case insensitive search pattern from string.
- Parameters
- s:
- Example
- Following example will generate and print "123[aA][bB][cC]" string.
echo(string.genNocasePattern("123abc"))
- Return value:
- case insensitive pattern string
string.gfind
- string.gfind()
- This is an old version of what is now string.gmatch. Use string.gmatch instead.
- Example
Need example
string.gmatch, utf8.gmatch
- string.gmatch(text, pattern) or utf8.gmatch
- Returns an iterator function that, each time it is called, returns the next captures from pattern over string text. If pattern specifies no captures, then the whole match is produced in each call.
As an example, the following loop
s = "hello world from Lua"
for w in string.gmatch(s, "%a+") do
print(w)
end
will iterate over all the words from string s, printing one per line. The next example collects all pairs key=value from the given string into a table:
t = {}
s = "from=world, to=Lua"
for k, v in string.gmatch(s, "(%w+)=(%w+)") do
t[k] = v
end
For this function, a '^' at the start of a pattern does not work as an anchor, as this would prevent the iteration.
- string.gmatch() works with English text only, use utf8.gmatch() for the international version.
- Example
Need example
string.gsub, utf8.gsub
- string.gsub(text, pattern, repl [, n]) or utf8.gsub
- Returns a copy of text in which all (or the first n, if given) occurrences of the pattern have been replaced by a replacement string specified by repl, which can be a string, a table, or a function. gsub also returns, as its second value, the total number of matches that occurred.
- If repl is a string, then its value is used for replacement. The character % works as an escape character: any sequence in repl of the form %n, with n between 1 and 9, stands for the value of the n-th captured substring (see below). The sequence %0 stands for the whole match. The sequence %% stands for a single %.
- If repl is a table, then the table is queried for every match, using the first capture as the key; if the pattern specifies no captures, then the whole match is used as the key.
- If repl is a function, then this function is called every time a match occurs, with all captured substrings passed as arguments, in order; if the pattern specifies no captures, then the whole match is passed as a sole argument.
- If the value returned by the table query or by the function call is a string or a number, then it is used as the replacement string; otherwise, if it is false or nil, then there is no replacement (that is, the original match is kept in the string).
- string.gsub() works with English text only, use utf8.gsub() for the international version.
- Example
x = string.gsub("hello world", "(%w+)", "%1 %1")
--> x="hello hello world world"
x = string.gsub("hello world", "%w+", "%0 %0", 1)
--> x="hello hello world"
x = string.gsub("hello world from Lua", "(%w+)%s*(%w+)", "%2 %1")
--> x="world hello Lua from"
x = string.gsub("home = $HOME, user = $USER", "%$(%w+)", os.getenv)
--> x="home = /home/roberto, user = roberto"
x = string.gsub("4+5 = $return 4+5$", "%$(.-)%$", function (s)
return loadstring(s)()
end)
--> x="4+5 = 9"
local t = {name="lua", version="5.1"}
x = string.gsub("$name-$version.tar.gz", "%$(%w+)", t)
--> x="lua-5.1.tar.gz"
string.len, utf8.len
- string.len(string) or utf8.len(string)
- mystring:len()
- Receives a string and returns its length. The empty string "" has length 0. Embedded zeros are counted, so "a\000bc\000" has length 5.
- string.len() works with English text only, use utf8.len() for the international version.
- Parameters
- string:
- The string (text) you want to find the length of.
- Example
-- prints 5 for the 5 letters in our word
print(string.len("hello"))
-- international version
print(utf8.len("слово"))
string.lower, utf8.lower
- string.lower(string) or utf8.lower(string)
- mystring:lower()
- Receives a string and returns a copy of this string with all uppercase letters changed to lowercase. All other characters are left unchanged. The definition of what an uppercase letter is depends on the current locale.
- string.lower() works with English text only, use utf8.lower() for the international version.
- See also: string.upper, utf8.upper
- Example
-- prints an all-lowercase version
print(string.lower("No way! This is AWESOME!"))
-- international version
print(utf8.lower("Класс! Ето ОТЛИЧНО!"))
string.match, utf8.match
- string.match(text, pattern [, init]) or utf8.match()
- Looks for the first match of pattern in the string text. If it finds one, then match returns the captures from the pattern; otherwise it returns nil. If pattern specifies no captures, then the whole match is returned. A third, optional numerical argument init specifies where to start the search; its default value is 1 and can be negative.
- string.match() works with English text only, use utf8.match() for the international version.
- Example
Need example
string.rep
- string.rep(String, n)
- mystring:rep(n)
- Returns a string that is the concatenation of
n
copies of the stringString
. - string.rep() works with both English and non-English text fine.
- Example
Need example
string.reverse, utf8.reverse
- string.reverse(string), utf8.reverse(string)
- mystring:reverse()
- Returns a string that is the string
string
reversed. - string.reverse() works with English text only, use utf8.reverse() for the international version.
- Parameters
- string:
- The string to reverse. Passed as a string.
- Example
mystring = "Hello from Lua"
echo(mystring:reverse()) -- displays 'auL morf olleH'
-- international version.
mystring = "Привет от Луа!"
echo(utf8.reverse(mystring)) -- displays '!ауЛ то тевирП', which probably looks the same to you
string.split
- string.split(string, delimiter)
- myString:split(delimiter)
- Splits a string into a table by the given delimiter. Can be called against a string (or variable holding a string) using the second form above.
- Returns a table containing the split sections of the string.
- Parameters
- string:
- The string to split. Parameter is not needed if using second form of the syntax above. Passed as a string.
- delimiter:
- The delimiter to use when splitting the string. Passed as a string, and allows for Lua pattern types. Use % to escape here (and %% to escape a stand-alone %).
- Example
-- This will split the string by ", " delimiter and print the resulting table to the main window.
names = "Alice, Bob, Peter"
name_table = string.split(names, ", ")
display(name_table)
--The alternate method
names = "Alice, Bob, Peter"
name_table = names:split(", ")
display(name_table)
- Either method above will print out:
- table {
- 1: 'Alice'
- 2: 'Bob'
- 3: 'Peter'
- }
string.starts
- string.starts(string, prefix)
- Test if string is starting with specified prefix.
- Returns true or false
- See also: string.ends
- Parameters
- string:
- The string to test. Passed as a string.
- prefix:
- The prefix to test for. Passed as a string.
- Example
--The following will see if the line begins with "You" and if so will print a statement at the end of the line
if string.starts(line, "You") then
echo("====oh you====\n")
end
string.sub, utf8.sub
- string.sub(text, i [, j]) or utf8.sub()
- Returns the substring of text that starts at i and continues until j; i and j can be negative. If j is absent, then it is assumed to be equal to -1 (which is the same as the string length). In particular, the call string.sub(text,1,j) returns a prefix of text with length j, and string.sub(text, -i) returns a suffix of text with length i.
- string.sub() works with English text only, use utf8.sub() for the international version.
- Example
Need example
string.title
- string.title(string)
- string:title()
- Capitalizes the first character in a string.
- Returns the altered string.
- Parameters
- string:
- The string to modify. Not needed if you use the second form of the syntax above.
- Example
--Variable testname is now Anna.
testname = string.title("anna")
--Example will set test to "Bob".
test = "bob"
test = test:title()
string.trim
- string.trim(string)
- Trims string, removing all 'extra' white space at the beginning and end of the text.
- Returns the altered string.
- Parameters
- string:
- The string to trim. Passed as a string.
- Example
--This will print 'Troll is here!', without the extra spaces.
local str = string.trim(" Troll is here! ")
echo("'" .. str .. "'")
string.upper, utf8.upper
- string.upper(string) or utf8.upper(string)
- mystring:upper()
- Receives a string and returns a copy of this string with all lowercase letters changed to uppercase. All other characters are left unchanged. The definition of what a lowercase letter is depends on the current locale.
- string.upper() works with English text only, use utf8.upper() for the international version.
- See also: string.lower, utf8.lower
- Parameters
- string:
- The string you want to change to uppercase
- Example
-- displays 'RUN BOB RUN'
print(string.upper("run bob run"))
-- displays 'ДАВАЙ ДАВАЙ!'
print(utf8.upper("давай давай!"))
utf8.charpos
- utf8.charpos(string[[, charpos], offset])
- Converts UTF-8 position to byte offset, returns the character position and code point. If only offset is given, returns byte offset of this UTF-8 char index. If charpos and offset is given, a new charpos will be calculated by adding/subtracting UTF-8 char offset to current charpos. In all cases, it return a new char position, and code point (a number) at this position.
- Parameters
- string:
- The input string to work on.
- charpos:
- (optional) character position to work on.
- offset:
- (optional) offset (as a number) to work on.
utf8.escape
- utf8.escape(string)
- Escape a string to UTF-8 format string. It support several escape formats:
%ddd - which ddd is a decimal number at any length:
change Unicode code point to UTF-8 format.
%{ddd} - same as %nnn but has bracket around. %uddd - same as %ddd, u stands Unicode %u{ddd} - same as %{ddd} %xhhh - hexadigit version of %ddd %x{hhh} same as %xhhh. %? - '?' stands for any other character: escape this character.
- Parameters
- string:
- The string you want to escape
- Example
local u = utf8.escape
print(u"%123%u123%{123}%u{123}%xABC%x{ABC}")
print(u"%%123%?%d%%u")
utf8.fold
- utf8.fold(string)
- Returns the lowercase version of the string for use in case-insensitive comparisons. If string is a number, it's treated as a code point and the converted code point is returned (as a number).
- Parameters
- string:
- The string to lowercase.
- Example
print(utf8.fold("ПРИВЕТ")) -- 'привет'
print(utf8.fold("Привет")) -- 'привет'
utf8.insert
- utf8.insert(string[, idx], substring)
- Inserts the substring into the given string. If idx is given, inserts substring before the character at this index, otherwise the substring will append onto the end of string. idx can be negative.
- Parameters
- string:
- The input string to work on.
- idx:
- (optional) character position to insert the string at.
- substring:
- text to insert into the substring.
- Example
-- inserts letter я before the 2nd letter and prints 'мясо'
print(utf8.insert("мсо", 2, "я"))
utf8.ncasecmp
- utf8.ncasecmp(a, b)
- Compares a and b without case. Return -1 means a < b, 0 means a == b and 1 means a > b.
- Parameters
- a:
- String to compare.
- b:
- String to compare against.
utf8.next
- utf8.next(string[, charpos[, offset]])
- Iterates though the UTF-8 string.
- Parameters
- string:
- The input string to work on.
- charpos:
- (optional) character position to work on.
- offset:
- (optional) offset (as a number) to work on.
- Example
-- prints location and code point of every letter
for pos, code in utf8.next, "тут есть текст" do
print(pos, code)
end
utf8.remove
- utf8.remove(string[, start[, stop]])
- Removed characters from the given string. Deletes characters from the given start to the end of the string. If stop is given, deletes characters from start to stop (including start and stop). start and stop can be negative.
- Parameters
- string:
- The input string to work on.
- start:
- position to start deleting characters from.
- stop:
- (optional) posititon to stop deleting characters at.
- Example
-- delete everything from the 3rd character including the character itself
print(utf8.remove("мясо", 3)) -- 'мя'
-- delete the last character, use negative to count backwards
print(utf8.remove("мясо", -1)) -- 'мяс'
-- delete everything from the 2nd to the 4th character
print(utf8.remove("вкусное", 2,4)) -- 'вное'
utf8.title
- utf8.title(string)
- Returns the uppercase version of the string for use in case-insensitive comparisons. If string is a number, it's treated as a code point and the converted code point is returned (as a number).
- Parameters
- string:
- The string to uppercase.
- Example
print(utf8.title("привет")) -- 'ПРИВЕТ'
print(utf8.title("Привет")) -- 'ПРИВЕТ'
utf8.width
- utf8.width(string[, ambi_is_double[, default_width]])
- Calculate the widths of the given string. If the string is a code point, return the width of this code point.
- Parameters
- string:
- The input string to work on.
- ambi_is_double:
- (optional) if provided, the ambiguous width character's width is 2, otherwise it's 1.
- default_width:
- (optional) if provided, this will be the width of unprintable character, used display a non-character mark for these characters.
utf8.widthindex
- utf8.widthindex(string, location[, ambi_is_double[, default_width]])
- Returns the character index at the location in the given string as well as the offset and the width. This is a reverse operation of utf8.width().
- Parameters
- string:
- The input string to work on.
- location:
- location to get the width of.
- ambi_is_double:
- (optional) if provided, the ambiguous width character's width is 2, otherwise it's 1.
- default_width:
- (optional) if provided, this will be the width of unprintable character, used display a non-character mark for these characters.Manual:Text Functions
Text Functions
PENDING
- Some functions for making use of the dictionary features intended to be introduced in Mudlet version 3.18. This will add an optional dictionary to each profile which can be specific to that profile or shared between all others that are also set to the shared option. The spellCheckWord and spellSuggestWord functions will also act with the main language dictionary chosen in the profile preferences so that lua scripts can access the same spelling data that is already present on the profile's command line.
- The command line spell-checking is also extended to check against the profile dictionary (if enabled) and will offer suggestions from both the profile dictionary and the main language dictionary. The latter can either be one that is bundled with Mudlet (as of 3.17.0 this may only be "English (United States)" but it is expected to be expanded in the future) or if the Operating System provides Hunspell dictionaries in an known location they will be used in preference. To allow the user to determine that a spelling has been found in the profile dictionary and not from the main dictionary it will be given a cyan, dashed underline, this compares to the solid red underline that was used before 3.18.0 for misspelt words and the wave red or dotted red (depending on Operating System) normally used for spellings after the small bug, that broke that feature, was fixed for 3.18.0!
addWordToDictionary
getDictionaryWordList
removeWordFromDictionary
spellCheckWord
spellSuggestWord
Table Functions
table.complement
- table.complement (set1, set2)
- Returns a table that is the relative complement of the first table with respect to the second table. Returns a complement of key/value pairs.
- Parameters
- table1:
- table2:
- Example
local t1 = {key = 1,1,2,3}
local t2 = {key = 2,1,1,1}
local comp = table.complement(t1,t2)
display(comp)
This prints the following:
key = 1, [2] = 2, [3] = 3
- Returns
- A table containing all the key/value pairs from table1 that do not match the key/value pairs from table2.
table.concat
- table.concat(table, delimiter, startingindex, endingindex)
- Joins a table into a string. Each item must be something which can be transformed into a string.
- Returns the joined string.
- See also: string.split
- Parameters
- table:
- The table to concatenate into a string. Passed as a table.
- delimiter:
- Optional string to use to separate each element in the joined string. Passed as a string.
- startingindex:
- Optional parameter to specify which index to begin the joining at. Passed as an integer.
- endingindex:
- Optional parameter to specify the last index to join. Passed as an integer.
- Examples
--This shows a basic concat with none of the optional arguments
testTable = {1,2,"hi","blah",}
testString = table.concat(testTable)
--testString would be equal to "12hiblah"
--This example shows the concat using the optional delimiter
testString = table.concat(testTable, ", ")
--testString would be equal to "1, 2, hi, blah"
--This example shows the concat using the delimiter and the optional starting index
testString = table.concat(testTable, ", ", 2)
--testString would be equal to "2, hi, blah"
--And finally, one which uses all of the arguments
testString = table.concat(testTable, ", ", 2, 3)
--testString would be equal to "2, hi"
table.contains
- table.contains (t, value)
- Determines if a table contains a value as a key or as a value (recursive).
- Returns true or false
- Parameters
- t:
- The table in which you are checking for the presence of the value.
- value:
- The value you are checking for within the table.
- Example
local test_table = { "value1", "value2", "value3", "value4" }
if table.contains(test_table, "value1") then
echo("Got value 1!")
else
echo("Don't have it. Sorry!")
end
This example would always echo the first one, unless you remove value1 from the table.
table.deepcopy
- table.deepcopy (table)
- Returns a complete copy of the table.
- Parameters
- table:
- The table which you'd like to get a copy of.
- Example
local test_table = { "value1", "value2", "value3", "value4" }
-- by just doing:
local newtable = test_table
-- you're linking newtable to test_table. Any change in test_table will be reflected in newtable.
-- however, by doing:
local newtable = table.deepcopy(test_table)
-- the two tables are completely separate now.
table.intersection
- table.intersection (set1, set2)
- Returns a table that is the relative intersection of the first table with respect to the second table. Returns a intersection of key/value pairs.
- Parameters
- table1:
- table2:
- Example
local t1 = {key = 1,1,2,3}
local t2 = {key = 1,1,1,1}
local intersect = table.intersection(t1,t2)
display(intersect)
This prints the following:
key = 1, 1
- Returns
- A table containing all the key/value pairs from table1 that match the key/value pairs from table2.
table.insert
- table.insert(table, [pos,] value)
- Inserts element value at position pos in table, shifting up other elements to open space, if necessary. The default value for pos is n+1, where n is the length of the table, so that a call table.insert(t,x) inserts x at the end of table t.
- See also: table.remove
- Parameters
- table:
- The table in which you are inserting the value
- pos:
- Optional argument, determining where the value will be inserted.
- value:
- The variable that you are inserting into the table. Can be a regular variable, or even a table or function*.
- Examples
--it will inserts what inside the variable of matches[2] into at the end of table of 'test_db_name'.
table.insert(test_db_name, matches[2])
--it will inserts other thing at the first position of this table.
table.insert(test_db_name, 1, "jgcampbell300")
--[=[
This results:
test_db_name = {
"jgcampbell300",
"SlySven"
}
]=]
table.index_of
- table.index_of(table, value)
Returns the index (location) of an item in an indexed table, or nil if it's not found.
- Parameters
- table:
- The table in which you are inserting the value
- value:
- The variable that you are searching for in the table.
- Examples
-- will return 1, because 'hi' is the first item in the list
table.index_of({"hi", "bye", "greetings"}, "hi")
-- will return 3, because 'greetings' is third in the list
table.index_of({"hi", "bye", "greetings"}, "greetings")
-- you can also use this in combination with table.remove(), which requires the location of the item to delete
local words = {"hi", "bye", "greetings"}
table.remove(words, table.index_of(words, "greetings"))
-- however that won't work if the word isn't present, table.remove(mytable, nil (from table.index_of)) will give an error
-- so if you're unsure, confirm with table.contains first
local words = {"hi", "bye", "greetings"}
if table.contains(words, "greetings") then
table.remove(words, table.index_of(words, "greetings"))
end
table.is_empty
- table.is_empty(table)
- Check if a table is devoid of any values.
- Parameters
- table:
- The table you are checking for values.
table.load
- table.load(location, table)
- Load a table from an external file into mudlet.
- See also: table.save
Tip: you can load a table from anywhere on your computer, but it's preferable to have them consolidated somewhere connected to Mudlet, such as the current profile.
- Parameters
- location:
- Where you are loading the table from. Can be anywhere on your computer.
- table:
- The table that you are loading into - it must exist already.
- Example:
-- This will load the table mytable from the lua file mytable present in your Mudlet Home Directory.
mytable = mytable or {}
if io.exists(getMudletHomeDir().."/mytable.lua") then
table.load(getMudletHomeDir().."/mytable.lua", mytable) -- using / is OK on Windows too.
end
table.maxn
- table.maxn(table)
- Returns the largest positive numerical index of the given table, or zero if the table has no positive numerical indices. (To do its job this function does a linear traversal of the whole table.)
table.n_union
- table.n_union (table1, table2)
- Returns a numerically indexed table that is the union of the provided tables (that is - merges two indexed lists together). This is a union of unique values. The order and keys of the input tables are not preserved.
- Parameters
- table1: the first table as an indexed list.
- table2: the second table as an indexed list.
- Example
display(table.n_union({"bob", "mary"}, {"august", "justinian"}))
{
"bob",
"mary",
"august",
"justinian"
}
table.n_complement
- table.n_complement (set1, set2)
- Returns a table that is the relative complement of the first numerically indexed table with respect to the second numerically indexed table. Returns a numerically indexed complement of values.
- Parameters
- table1:
- table2:
- Example
local t1 = {1,2,3,4,5,6}
local t2 = {2,4,6}
local comp = table.n_complement(t1,t2)
display(comp)
This prints the following:
1, 3, 5
- Returns
- A table containing all the values from table1 that do not match the values from table2.
table.n_intersection
- table.n_intersection (...)
- Returns a numerically indexed table that is the intersection of the provided tables. This is an intersection of unique values. The order and keys of the input tables are not preserved
- Example
local t1 = {1,2,3,4,5,6}
local t2 = {2,4,6}
local intersect = table.n_intersection(t1,t2)
display(intersect)
This prints the following:
2, 4, 6
- Returns
- A table containing the values that are found in every one of the tables.
table.pickle
- table.pickle( t, file, tables, lookup )
- Internal function used by table.save() for serializing data.
table.remove
- table.remove(table, value_position)
- Remove a value from an indexed table, by the values position in the table.
- See also: table.insert
- Parameters
- table
- The indexed table you are removing the value from.
- value_position
- The indexed number for the value you are removing.
- Example
testTable = { "hi", "bye", "cry", "why" }
table.remove(testTable, 1) -- will remove hi from the table
-- new testTable after the remove
testTable = { "bye", "cry", "why" }
-- original position of hi was 1, after the remove, position 1 has become bye
-- any values under the removed value are moved up, 5 becomes 4, 4 becomes 3, etc
Note: To remove a value from a key-value table, it's best to simply change the value to nil.
testTable = { test = "testing", go = "boom", frown = "glow" }
table.remove(testTable, test) -- this will error
testTable.test = nil -- won't error
testTable["test"] = nil -- won't error
table.save
- table.save(location, table)
- Save a table into an external file in location.
- See also: table.load
- Parameters
- location:
- Where you want the table file to be saved. Can be anywhere on your computer.
- table:
- The table that you are saving to the file.
- Example:
-- Saves the table mytable to the lua file mytable in your Mudlet Home Directory
table.save(getMudletHomeDir().."/mytable.lua", mytable)
table.sort
- table.sort(Table [, comp])
- Sorts table elements in a given order, in-place, from
Table[1]
toTable[n]
, wheren
is the length of the table.
- If
comp
is given, then it must be a function that receives two table elements, and returns true when the first is less than the second (so that notcomp(a[i+1],a[i])
will be true after the sort). Ifcomp
is not given, then the standard Lua operator<
is used instead.
- The sort algorithm is not stable; that is, elements considered equal by the given order may have their relative positions changed by the sort.
table.size
- table.size (t)
- Returns the size of a key-value table (this function has to iterate through all of the table to count all elements).
- Returns a number.
- Parameters
- t:
- The table you are checking the size of.
Note:
For index based tables you can get the size with the # operator:
This is the standard Lua way of getting the size of index tables i.e. ipairs() type of tables with numerical indices.
To get the size of tables that use user defined keys instead of automatic indices (pairs() type) you need to use the function table.size() referenced above.
local test_table = { "value1", "value2", "value3", "value4" }
myTableSize = #test_table
-- This would return 4.
local myTable = { 1 = "hello", "key2" = "bye", "key3" = "time to go" }
table.size(myTable)
-- This would return 3.
table.unpickle
- table.unpickle( t, tables, tcopy, pickled )
- Internal function used by table.load() for deserialization.
table.update
- table.update(table1, table2)
- Returns a table in which key/value pairs from table2 are added to table1, and any keys present in both tables are assigned the value from table2, so that the resulting table is table1 updated with information from table2.
- Example
display(table.update({a = 1, b = 2, c = 3}, {b = 4, d = 5}))
{
a = 1,
b = 4,
c = 3,
d = 5
}
table.union
- table.union(...)
- Returns a table that is the union of the provided tables. This is a union of key/value pairs. If two or more tables contain different values associated with the same key, that key in the returned table will contain a subtable containing all relevant values. See table.n_union() for a union of values. Note that the resulting table may not be reliably traversable with ipairs() due to the fact that it preserves keys. If there is a gap in numerical indices, ipairs() will cease traversal.
- Examples
tableA = {
[1] = 123,
[2] = 456,
["test"] = "test",
}
---
tableB = {
[1] = 23,
[3] = 7,
["test2"] = function() return true end,
}
---
tableC = {
[5] = "c",
}
---
table.union(tableA, tableB, tableC)
-- will return the following:
{
[1] = {
123,
23,
},
[2] = 456,
[3] = 7,
[5] = "c",
["test"] = "test",
["test2"] = function() return true end,
}
Text to Speech Functions
These functions can make Mudlet talk for you (audible sound from written words). The feature is available since Mudlet version 3.17. Check out the Text-To-Speech Manual for more detail on how this all works together.
Several Mudlet events are available functionality as well:
- ttsSpeechStarted
- ttsSpeechReady
- ttsSpeechQueued
- ttsSpeechPaused
- ttsSpeechError
ttsClearQueue
- ttsClearQueue([index])
- This function will help, if you have already queued a few lines of text to speak, and now want to remove some or all of them.
- Returns false if an invalid index is given.
See also: ttsGetQueue, ttsQueue
- Parameters
- index:
- (optional) number. The text at this index position of the queue will be removed. If no number is given, the whole queue is cleared.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
- Example
-- queue five words and then remove some, "one, two, four" will be actually said
ttsQueue("One")
ttsQueue("Two")
ttsQueue("Three")
ttsQueue("Four")
ttsQueue("Five")
ttsClearQueue(2)
ttsClearQueue(3)
-- clear the whole queue entirely
ttsClearQueue()
ttsGetCurrentLine
- ttsGetCurrentLine()
- If you want to analyse if or what is currently said, this function is for you.
- Returns the text being spoken, or false if not speaking.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
ttsQueue("One")
ttsQueue("Two")
ttsQueue("Three")
ttsQueue("Four")
ttsQueue("Five")
-- print the line currently spoken 1s and 3s after which will be "two" and "five"
tempTimer(1, function()
echo("Speaking: ".. ttsGetCurrentLine().."\n")
end)
tempTimer(3, function()
echo("Speaking: ".. ttsGetCurrentLine().."\n")
end)
ttsGetCurrentVoice
- ttsGetCurrentVoice()
- If you have multiple voices available on your system, you may want to check which one is currently in use.
- Returns the name of the voice used for speaking.
See also: ttsGetVoices
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
- Example
-- for example returns "Microsoft Zira Desktop" on Windows (US locale)
display(ttsGetCurrentVoice())
ttsGetQueue
- ttsGetQueue([index])
- This function can be used to show your current queue of texts, or any single text thereof.
- Returns a single text or a table of texts, or false. See index parameter for details.
See also: ttsQueue
- Parameters
- index
- (optional) number. The text at this index position of the queue will be returned. If no index is given, the whole queue will be returned. If the given index does not exist, the function returns false.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
- Example
ttsQueue("We begin with some text")
ttsQueue("And we continue it without interruption")
display(ttsGetQueue())
-- will show the queued texts as follows
-- (first line ignored because it's being spoken and is not in queue):
-- {
-- "And we continue it without interruption"
-- }
ttsGetState
- ttsGetState()
- With this function you can find the current state of the speech engine.
- Returns one of: ttsSpeechReady, ttsSpeechPaused, ttsSpeechStarted, ttsSpeechError, ttsUnknownState.
See also: ttsSpeak, ttsPause, ttsResume, ttsQueue
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
- Example
ttsQueue("We begin with some text")
ttsQueue("And we continue it without interruption")
echo(ttsGetState())
-- ttsSpeechStarted
ttsGetVoices
- ttsGetVoices()
- Lists all voices available to your current operating system and language settings. Currently uses the default system locale.
- Returns a table of names.
See also: ttsGetCurrentVoice, ttsSetVoiceByName, ttsSetVoiceByIndex
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
- Example
display(ttsGetVoices())
-- for example returns the following on Windows (US locale)
-- {
-- "Microsoft Zira Desktop"
-- }
ttsPause
- ttsPause()
- Pauses the speech which is currently spoken, if any. Engines on different OS's (Windows/macOS/Linux) behave differently - pause may not work at all, it may take several seconds before it takes effect, or it may pause instantly. Some engines will look for a break that they can later resume from, such as a sentence end.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
-- set some text to be spoken, pause it 2s later, and unpause 4s later
ttsSpeak("Sir David Frederick Attenborough is an English broadcaster and naturalist. He is best known for writing and presenting, in conjunction with the BBC Natural History Unit, the nine natural history documentary series that form the Life collection, which form a comprehensive survey of animal and plant life on Earth. Source: Wikipedia")
tempTimer(2, function() ttsPause() end)
tempTimer(2, function() ttsResume() end)
ttsQueue
- ttsQueue(text to queue, [index])
- This function will add the given text to your speech queue. Text from the queue will be spoken one after the other. This is opposed to ttsSpeak which will interrupt any spoken text immediately. The queue can be reviewed and modified, while their content has not been spoken.
See also: ttsGetQueue, ttsPause, ttsResume, ttsClearQueue, ttsGetState, ttsSpeak
- Parameters
- text to queue:
- Any written text which you would like to hear spoken to you. You can write literal text, or put in string variables, maybe taken from triggers or aliases, etc.
- index
- (optional) number. The text will be inserted to the queue at this index position. If no index is provided, the text will be added to the end of the queue.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
- Example
ttsQueue("We begin with some text")
ttsQueue("And we continue it without interruption")
display(ttsGetQueue())
-- will show the queued texts as follows
-- (first line ignored because it's being spoken and is not in queue):
-- {
-- "And we continue it without interruption"
-- }
ttsResume
- ttsResume()
- Resumes the speech which was previously spoken, if any has been paused.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
-- set some text to be spoken, pause it 2s later, and unpause 4s later
ttsSpeak("Sir David Frederick Attenborough is an English broadcaster and naturalist. He is best known for writing and presenting, in conjunction with the BBC Natural History Unit, the nine natural history documentary series that form the Life collection, which form a comprehensive survey of animal and plant life on Earth. Source: Wikipedia")
tempTimer(2, function() ttsPause() end)
tempTimer(2, function() ttsResume() end)
ttsSpeak
- ttsSpeak(text to speak)
- This will speak the given text immediately with the currently selected voice. Any currently spoken text will be interrupted (use the speech queue to queue a voice instead).
See also: ttsQueue
- Parameters
- text to speak:
- Any written text which you would like to hear spoken to you. You can write literal text, or put in string variables, maybe taken from triggers or aliases, etc.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
- Example
ttsSpeak("Hello World!")
-- if 'target' is your target variable, you can also do this:
ttsSpeak("Hello "..target)
ttsSetPitch
- ttsSetPitch(pitch)
- Sets the pitch of speech playback.
- Parameters
- pitch:
- Number. Should be between 1 and -1, will be limited otherwise.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
- Example
-- talk deeply first, after 2 seconds talk highly, after 4 seconds normally again
ttsSetPitch(-1)
ttsQueue("Deep voice")
tempTimer(2, function()
ttsSetPitch(1)
ttsQueue("High voice")
end)
tempTimer(4, function()
ttsSetPitch(0)
ttsQueue("Normal voice")
end)
ttsSetRate
- ttsSetRate(rate)
- Sets the rate of speech playback.
- Parameters
- rate:
- Number. Should be between 1 and -1, will be limited otherwise.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
- Example
-- talk slowly first, after 2 seconds talk quickly, after 4 seconds normally again
ttsSetRate(-1)
ttsQueue("Slow voice")
tempTimer(2, function ()
ttsSetRate(1)
ttsQueue("Quick voice")
end)
tempTimer(4, function ()
ttsSetRate(0)
ttsQueue("Normal voice")
end)
ttsSetVolume
- ttsSetVolume(volume)
- Sets the volume of speech playback.
- Parameters
- volume:
- Number. Should be between 1 and 0, will be limited otherwise.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
- Example
-- talk quietly first, after 2 seconds talk a bit louder, after 4 seconds normally again
ttsSetVolume(0.2)
ttsSpeak("Quiet voice")
tempTimer(2, function ()
ttsSetVolume(0.5)
ttsSpeak("Low voice")
end)
tempTimer(4, function ()
ttsSetVolume(1)
ttsSpeak("Normal voice")
end)
ttsSetVoiceByIndex
- ttsSetVoiceByIndex(index)
- If you have multiple voices available, you can switch them with this function by giving their index position as seen in the table you receive from ttsGetVoices(). If you know their name, you can also use ttsSetVoiceByName.
- Returns true, if the setting was successful, errors otherwise.
See also: ttsGetVoices
- Parameters
- index:
- Number. The voice from this index position of the ttsGetVoices table will be set.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
- Example
display(ttsGetVoices())
ttsSetVoiceByIndex(1)
ttsSetVoiceByName
- ttsSetVoiceByName(name)
- If you have multiple voices available, and know their name already, you can switch them with this function.
- Returns true, if the setting was successful, false otherwise.
See also: ttsGetVoices
- Parameters
- name:
- Text. The voice with this exact name will be set.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
- Example
display(ttsGetVoices())
ttsSetVoiceByName("Microsoft Zira Desktop") -- example voice on Windows
ttsSkip
- ttsSkip()
- Skips the current line of text.
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17
- Example
ttsQueue("We hold these truths to be self-evident")
ttsQueue("that all species are created different but equal")
ttsQueue("that they are endowed with certain unalienable rights")
tempTimer(2, function () ttsSkip() end)
UI Functions
All functions that help you customize Mudlet's interface and the game's text.
ansi2decho
- ansi2decho(text, default_colour)
- Converts ANSI colour sequences in
text
to colour tags that can be processed by the decho() function. Italics and underline not currently supported since decho doesn't support them. - See also: decho()
Note:
ANSI bold is available since Mudlet 3.7.1+.
- Parameters
- text:
- String that contains ANSI colour sequences that should be replaced.
- default_colour:
- Optional - ANSI default colour code (used when handling orphan bold tags).
- Return values
- string text:
- The decho-valid converted text.
- string colour:
- The ANSI code for the last used colour in the substitution (useful if you want to colour subsequent lines according to this colour).
- Example
local replaced = ansi2decho('\27[0;1;36;40mYou say in a baritone voice, "Test."\27[0;37;40m')
-- 'replaced' should now contain <r><0,255,255:0,0,0>You say in a baritone voice, "Test."<r><192,192,192:0,0,0>
decho(replaced)
Or show a complete colourful squirrel! It's a lotta code to do all the colours, so click the Expand button on the right to show it:
decho(ansi2decho([[
�[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;95;38;5;130m▄▄▄�[38;5;95m█�[49m▀�[0m �[0m
╭───────────────────────╮ �[38;5;95m▄▄�[0m �[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;95;38;5;130m▄▄�[48;5;130m█�[38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137;38;5;95m▄�[49m▀�[0m �[0m
│ │ �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m██�[48;5;95m▄�[49;38;5;95m▄▄▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄▄▄�[49;38;5;95m▄▄�[48;5;95;38;5;130m▄�[48;5;130m███�[38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m█�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m �[0m
│ Encrypt everything! │ �[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;187;38;5;16m▄�[48;5;16;38;5;187m▄�[38;5;16m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m███�[38;5;187m▄�[38;5;16m▄▄�[38;5;137m██�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m█████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m██�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m �[0m
│ ├──── �[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄�[48;5;16m▄▄▄�[48;5;137m███�[48;5;16;38;5;16m█�[48;5;187m▄�[48;5;16m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m█�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m██████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m███�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m �[0m
╰───────────────────────╯ �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m██�[48;5;16m▄�[38;5;16m█�[38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m██████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m██████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m████�[48;5;95m▄�[49;38;5;95m▄�[0m �[0m
�[38;5;95m▀�[48;5;137m▄�[38;5;137m███████�[38;5;95m▄�[49m▀�[0m �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m██████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m████�[48;5;95m▄�[49;38;5;95m▄�[0m �[0m
�[48;5;95;38;5;187m▄▄▄�[38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m██�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m███████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m███�[48;5;95m▄�[49;38;5;95m▄�[0m �[0m
�[38;5;187m▄�[48;5;187m███�[48;5;137;38;5;137m████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m█████████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m███�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m �[0m
�[38;5;187m▄�[48;5;187m███�[38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m█�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m███�[48;5;95m▄�[49;38;5;95m▄�[0m �[38;5;95m▀�[48;5;130m▄�[38;5;130m███████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m�[0m
�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;187;38;5;187m████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m██�[48;5;95m▄�[48;5;137;38;5;95m▄�[38;5;137m██�[38;5;95m▄�[38;5;137m█�[48;5;95m▄�[49;38;5;95m▄�[0m �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m███████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m�[0m
�[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄�[48;5;187;38;5;187m████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m███�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m██�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m██�[48;5;95m▄�[49;38;5;95m▄�[0m �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m██████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m�[0m
�[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;95m██�[48;5;137m▄▄�[48;5;187;38;5;187m████�[48;5;137;38;5;95m▄▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m█�[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m██████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m�[0m
�[48;5;187;38;5;187m███�[48;5;95m▄�[38;5;137m▄▄▄▄�[48;5;137m██████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[49m▄�[48;5;95;38;5;130m▄�[48;5;130m██████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m███�[38;5;95m▄�[49m▀�[0m�[0m
�[48;5;187;38;5;95m▄�[38;5;187m████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m█�[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m█████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m███████�[38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m �[0m
�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;187;38;5;137m▄�[38;5;187m███�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m██████�[48;5;95m▄▄�[48;5;130m▄▄▄▄▄�[48;5;137m██████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m �[0m
�[38;5;95m▄▄▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄�[48;5;187m▄�[38;5;187m██�[48;5;95m▄�[48;5;137;38;5;95m▄�[38;5;137m█████�[38;5;95m▄�[38;5;137m███████████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m �[0m
�[38;5;95m▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀�[48;5;187m▄▄▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m██�[38;5;95m▄�[49m▀�[0m �[38;5;95m▀▀�[48;5;137m▄▄▄▄▄▄�[49m▀▀▀�[0m �[0m
�[38;5;95m▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀�[0m �[0m
]]))
Note:
Available in Mudlet 3.0+
appendBuffer
- appendBuffer(name)
- Pastes the previously copied rich text (including text formats like color etc.) into user window name.
- See also: selectCurrentLine(), copy(), paste()
- Parameters
- name:
- The name of the user window to paste into. Passed as a string.
- Example
--selects and copies an entire line to user window named "Chat"
selectCurrentLine()
copy()
appendBuffer("Chat")
bg
- bg([window, ]colorName)
- Changes the background color of the text. Useful for highlighting text.
- See Also: fg(), setBgColor()
- Parameters
- window:
- The miniconsole to operate on - optional. If you'd like it to work on the main window, don't specify anything, or use main (since Mudlet 3.0).
- colorName:
- Example
--This would change the background color of the text on the current line to magenta
selectCurrentLine()
bg("magenta")
-- or echo text with a green background to a miniconsole
bg("my window", "green")
echo("my window", "some green text\n")
calcFontSize
- calcFontSize(window_or_fontsize)
- Used to calculate the number of pixels wide a 'W' character would be and the extreme top and bottom pixels that any character in the font would be for a given miniconsole and its font or a specific font size with the BitStream Vera Sans Mono font.
- Returns two numbers, width/height
- See Also: setMiniConsoleFontSize(), getMainWindowSize()
- Parameters
- window_or_fontsize:
- The miniconsole or font size you are wanting to calculate pixel sizes for.
Note:
Window as an argument is supported since Mudlet 3.10.
- Example
--this snippet will calculate how wide and tall a miniconsole designed to hold 4 lines of text 20 characters wide
--would need to be at 9 point font, and then changes miniconsole Chat to be that size
local width,height = calcFontSize(9)
width = width * 20
height = height * 4
resizeWindow("Chat", width, height)
cecho
- cecho([window], text)
- Echoes text that can be easily formatted with colour tags. You can also include unicode art in it - try some examples from 1lineart.
- See also: decho(), hecho(), creplaceLine()
- Parameters
- window:
- Optional - the window name to echo to - can either be none or "main" for the main window, or the miniconsoles name.
- text:
- The text to display, with color names inside angle brackets <>, ie <red>. If you'd like to use a background color, put it after a colon : - <:red>. You can use the <reset> tag to reset to the default color. You can select any from this list:
- Example
cecho("Hi! This text is <red>red, <blue>blue, <green> and green.")
cecho("<:green>Green background on normal foreground. Here we add an <ivory>ivory foreground.")
cecho("<blue:yellow>Blue on yellow text!")
cecho("myinfo", "<green>All of this text is green in the myinfo miniconsole.")
cecho("<green>(╯°□°)<dark_green>╯︵ ┻━┻")
cecho("°º¤ø,¸¸,ø¤º°`°º¤ø,¸,ø¤°º¤ø,¸¸,ø¤º°`°º¤ø,¸")
cecho([[
██╗ ██╗ ██╗███╗ ██╗███████╗ █████╗ ██████╗ ████████╗
███║ ██║ ██║████╗ ██║██╔════╝ ██╔══██╗██╔══██╗╚══██╔══╝
╚██║ ██║ ██║██╔██╗ ██║█████╗ ███████║██████╔╝ ██║
██║ ██║ ██║██║╚██╗██║██╔══╝ ██╔══██║██╔══██╗ ██║
██║ ███████╗██║██║ ╚████║███████╗ ██║ ██║██║ ██║ ██║
╚═╝ ╚══════╝╚═╝╚═╝ ╚═══╝╚══════╝ ╚═╝ ╚═╝╚═╝ ╚═╝ ╚═╝
]])
cechoLink
- cechoLink([windowName], text, command, hint, true)
- Echos a piece of text as a clickable link, at the end of the current selected line - similar to cecho(). This version allows you to use colours within your link text.
- See also: cechoLink(), hechoLink()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- optional parameter, allows selection between sending the link to a miniconsole or the main window.
- text:
- text to display in the echo. Same as a normal cecho().
- command:
- lua code to do when the link is clicked.
- hint:
- text for the tooltip to be displayed when the mouse is over the link.
- true:
- requires argument for the colouring to work.
- Example
-- echo a link named 'press me!' that'll send the 'hi' command to the game
cechoLink("<red>press <brown:white>me!", [[send("hi")]], "This is a tooltip", true)
cinsertText
- cinsertText([window], text)
- inserts text at the current cursor position, with the possibility for color tags.
- See Also: cecho(), creplaceLine()
- Parameters
- window:
- Optional - the window name to echo to - can either be none or "main" for the main window, or the miniconsoles name.
- text:
- The text to display, with color names inside angle brackets <>, ie <red>. If you'd like to use a background color, put it after a double colon : - <:red>. You can use the <reset> tag to reset to the default color. You can select any from this list:
- Example
cinsertText("Hi! This text is <red>red, <blue>blue, <green> and green.")
cinsertText("<:green>Green background on normal foreground. Here we add an <ivory>ivory foreground.")
cinsertText("<blue:yellow>Blue on yellow text!")
cinsertText("myinfo", "<green>All of this text is green in the myinfo miniconsole.")
clearUserWindow
- clearUserWindow(name)
- This is (now) identical to clearWindow().
clearWindow
- clearWindow([windowName])
- Clears the label, mini console, or user window with the name given as argument (removes all text from it). If you don't give it a name, it will clear the main window (starting with Mudlet 2.0-test3+)
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) The name of the label, mini console, or user window to clear. Passed as a string.
- Example
--This would clear a label, user window, or miniconsole with the name "Chat"
clearWindow("Chat")
-- this can clear your whole main window - needs Mudlet version >= 2.0
clearWindow()
copy
- copy([windowName])
- Copies the current selection to the clipboard. This function operates on rich text, i. e. the selected text including all its format codes like colors, fonts etc. in the clipboard until it gets overwritten by another copy operation.
- See also: selectString(), selectCurrentLine(), paste(), appendBuffer(), replace(), createMiniConsole(), openUserWindow()
- Parameters
- windowName (optional):
- the window from which to copy text - use the main console if not specified.
- Example
-- This script copies the current line on the main screen to a window (miniconsole or userwindow) called 'chat' and gags the output on the main screen.
selectString(line, 1)
copy()
appendBuffer("chat")
replace("This line has been moved to the chat window!")
createBuffer
- createBuffer(name)
- Creates a named buffer for formatted text, much like a miniconsole, but the buffer is not intended to be shown on the screen - use it for formatting text or storing formatted text.
- See also: selectString(), selectCurrentLine(), copy(), paste()
- Parameters
- name:
- The name of the buffer to create.
- Example
--This creates a named buffer called "scratchpad"
createBuffer("scratchpad")
createButton
A similar function to createLabel() that is old and outdated - use createLabel() instead.
createConsole
- createConsole(consoleName, fontSize, charsPerLine, numberOfLines, Xpos, Ypos)
- Makes a new miniconsole which can be sized based upon the width of a 'W' character and the extreme top and bottom positions any character of the font should use. The background will be black, and the text color white.
- Parameters
- consoleName:
- The name of your new miniconsole. Passed as a string.
- fontSize:
- The font size to use for the miniconsole. Passed as an integer number.
- charsPerLine:
- How many characters wide to make the miniconsole. Passed as an integer number.
- numberOfLines:
- How many lines high to make the miniconsole. Passed as an integer number.
- Xpos:
- X position of miniconsole. Measured in pixels, with 0 being the very left. Passed as an integer number.
- Ypos:
- Y position of miniconsole. Measured in pixels, with 0 being the very top. Passed as an integer number.
- Example
-- this will create a console with the name of "myConsoleWindow", font size 8, 80 characters wide,
-- 20 lines high, at coordinates 300x,400y
createConsole("myConsoleWindow", 8, 80, 20, 200, 400)
Note:
(For Mudlet Makers) This function is implemented outside the application's core via the GUIUtils.lua file of the Mudlet supporting Lua code using createMiniConsole() and other functions to position and size the mini-console and configure the font.
createGauge
- createGauge(name, width, height, Xpos, Ypos, gaugeText, r, g, b, orientation)
- createGauge(name, width, height, Xpos, Ypos, gaugeText, colorName, orientation)
- Creates a gauge that you can use to express completion with. For example, you can use this as your healthbar or xpbar.
- See also: moveGauge(), setGauge(), setGaugeText(), setGaugeStyleSheet()
- Parameters
- name:
- The name of the gauge. Must be unique, you can not have two or more gauges with the same name. Passed as a string.
- width:
- The width of the gauge, in pixels. Passed as an integer number.
- height:
- The height of the gauge, in pixels. Passed as an integer number.
- Xpos:
- X position of gauge. Measured in pixels, with 0 being the very left. Passed as an integer number.
- Ypos:
- Y position of gauge. Measured in pixels, with 0 being the very top. Passed as an integer number.
- gaugeText:
- Text to display on the gauge. Passed as a string, unless you do not wish to have any text, in which case you pass nil
- r:
- The red component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255
- g:
- The green component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255
- b:
- The blue component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255
- colorName:
- the name of color for the gauge. Passed as a string.
- orientation:
- the gauge orientation. Can be horizontal, vertical, goofy, or batty.
- Example
-- This would make a gauge at that's 300px width, 20px in height, located at Xpos and Ypos and is green.
-- The second example is using the same names you'd use for something like [[fg]]() or [[bg]]().
createGauge("healthBar", 300, 20, 30, 300, nil, 0, 255, 0)
createGauge("healthBar", 300, 20, 30, 300, nil, "green")
-- If you wish to have some text on your label, you'll change the nil part and make it look like this:
createGauge("healthBar", 300, 20, 30, 300, "Now with some text", 0, 255, 0)
-- or
createGauge("healthBar", 300, 20, 30, 300, "Now with some text", "green")
Note:
If you want to put text on the back of the gauge when it's low, use an echo with the <gauge name>_back.
echo("healthBar_back", "This is a test of putting text on the back of the gauge!")
createLabel
- createLabel(name, Xpos, Ypos, width, height, fillBackground)
- Creates a highly manipulable overlay which can take some css and html code for text formatting. Labels are clickable, and as such can be used as a sort of button. Labels are meant for small variable or prompt displays, messages, images, and the like. You should not use them for larger text displays or things which will be updated rapidly and in high volume, as they are much slower than miniconsoles.
- Returns true or false.
- See also: hideWindow(), showWindow(), resizeWindow(), setLabelClickCallback(), setTextFormat(), setTextFormat(), setBackgroundColor(), getMainWindowSize(), calcFontSize()
- Parameters
- name:
- The name of the label. Must be unique, you can not have two or more labels with the same name. Passed as a string.
- Xpos:
- X position of the label. Measured in pixels, with 0 being the very left. Passed as an integer number.
- Ypos:
- Y position of the label. Measured in pixels, with 0 being the very top. Passed as an integer number.
- width:
- The width of the label, in pixels. Passed as an integer number.
- height:
- The height of the label, in pixels. Passed as an integer number.
- fillBackground:
- Whether or not to display the background. Passed as either 1 or 0. 1 will display the background color, 0 will not.
- Example
-- a label situated at x=300 y-400 with dimensions 100x200
createLabel("a very basic label",300,400,100,200,1)
-- this example creates a transparent overlay message box to show a big warning message "You are under attack!" in the middle
-- of the screen. Because the background color has a transparency level of 150 (0-255, with 0 being completely transparent
-- and 255 opaque) the background text can still be read through.
local width, height = getMainWindowSize()
createLabel("messageBox",(width/2)-300,(height/2)-100,250,150,1)
resizeWindow("messageBox",500,70)
moveWindow("messageBox", (width/2)-300,(height/2)-100 )
setBackgroundColor("messageBox", 255, 204, 0, 200)
echo("messageBox", [[<p style="font-size:35px"><b><center><font color="red">You are under attack!</font></center></b></p>]])
-- you can also make it react to clicks!
mynamespace = {
messageBoxClicked = function()
echo("hey you've clicked the box!\n")
end
}
setLabelClickCallback("messageBox", "mynamespace.messageBoxClicked")
-- uncomment code below to make it also hide after a short while
-- tempTimer(2.3, [[hideWindow("messageBox")]] ) -- close the warning message box after 2.3 seconds
createMiniConsole
- createMiniConsole(name, x, y, width, height)
- Opens a miniconsole window inside the main window of Mudlet. This is the ideal fast colored text display for everything that requires a bit more text, such as status screens, chat windows, etc. Unlike labels, you cannot have transparency in them.
- You can use clearWindow() / moveCursor() and other functions for this window for custom printing as well as copy & paste functions for colored text copies from the main window. setWindowWrap() will allow you to set word wrapping, and move the main window to make room for miniconsole windows on your screen (if you want to do this as you can also layer mini console and label windows) see setBorderTop(), setBorderColor() functions.
- Returns true or false.
- See also: createLabel(), hideWindow(), showWindow(), resizeWindow(), setTextFormat(), moveWindow(), setMiniConsoleFontSize(), handleWindowResizeEvent(), setBorderTop(), setWindowWrap(), getMainWindowSize(), setMainWindowSize(),calcFontSize()
- Parameters
- name:
- The name of the miniconsole. Must be unique. Passed as a string.
- x, y, width, height
- Parameters to set set the window size and location - in 2.1 and below it's best to set them via moveWindow() and resizeWindow(), as createMiniConsole() will only set them once. Starting with 3.0, however, that is fine and calling createMiniConsole() will re-position your miniconsole appropriately.
- Example
creplaceLine
- creplaceLine (text)
- Replaces the output line from the MUD with a colour-tagged string.
See Also: cecho(), cinsertText()
- Parameters
- text:
- Example
creplaceLine("<magenta>[ALERT!]: <reset>"..line)
decho
- decho ([name of console,] text)
- Color changes can be made using the format <FR,FG,FB:BR,BG,BB> where each field is a number from 0 to 255. The background portion can be omitted using <FR,FG,FB> or the foreground portion can be omitted using <:BR,BG,BB>. Arguments 2 and 3 set the default fore and background colors for the string using the same format as is used within the string, sans angle brackets, e.g. decho("<50,50,0:0,255,0>test").
- Parameters
- name of console
- (Optional) Name of the console to echo to. If no name is given, this will defaults to the main window.
- text:
- The text that you’d like to echo with embedded color tags. Tags take the RGB values only, see below for an explanation.
- Example
decho("<50,50,0:0,255,0>test")
decho("miniconsolename", "<50,50,0:0,255,0>test")
dechoLink
- dechoLink([windowName], text, command, hint, true)
- Echos a piece of text as a clickable link, at the end of the current selected line - similar to decho(). This version allows you to use colours within your link text.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) allows selection between sending the link to a miniconsole or the "main" window.
- text:
- text to display in the echo. Same as a normal decho().
- command:
- lua code to do when the link is clicked.
- hint:
- text for the tooltip to be displayed when the mouse is over the link.
- true:
- requires argument for the colouring to work.
- Example
-- echo a link named 'press me!' that'll send the 'hi' command to the game
dechoLink("<50,50,0:0,255,0>press me!", [[send("hi")]], "This is a tooltip", true)
deleteLine
- deleteLine([windowName])
- Deletes the current line under the user cursor. This is a high speed gagging tool and is very good at this task, but is only meant to be use when a line should be omitted entirely in the output. If you echo() to that line it will not be shown, and lines deleted with deleteLine() are simply no longer rendered. This is purely visual - triggers will still fire on the line as expected.
- See also: replace(), wrapLine()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the window to delete the line in. If no name is given, it just deletes the line it is used on.
Note: for replacing text, replace() is the proper option; doing the following:
selectCurrentLine(); replace(""); cecho("new line!\n")
is better.
- Example
-- deletes the line - just put this command into the big script box. Keep the case the same -
-- it has to be deleteLine(), not Deleteline(), deleteline() or anything else
deleteLine()
--This example creates a temporary line trigger to test if the next line is a prompt, and if so gags it entirely.
--This can be useful for keeping a pile of prompts from forming if you're gagging chat channels in the main window
--Note: isPrompt() only works on servers which send a GA signal with their prompt.
tempLineTrigger(1, 1, [[if isPrompt() then deleteLine() end]])
-- example of deleting multiple lines:
deleteLine() -- delete the current line
moveCursor(0,getLineNumber()-1) -- move the cursor back one line
deleteLine() -- delete the previous line now
deselect
- deselect([window name])
- This is used to clear the current selection (to no longer have anything selected). Should be used after changing the formatting of text, to keep from accidentally changing the text again later with another formatting call.
- See also: selectString(), selectCurrentLine()
- Parameters
- window name:
- (optional) The name of the window to stop having anything selected in. If name is not provided the main window will have its selection cleared.
- Example
--This will change the background on an entire line in the main window to red, and then properly clear the selection to keep further
--changes from effecting this line as well.
selectCurrentLine()
bg("red")
deselect()
disableClickthrough
- disableClickthrough(label)
- Disables clickthrough for a label - making it act 'normal' again and receive clicks, doubleclicks, onEnter, and onLeave events. This is the default behaviour for labels.
- See also: enableClickthrough()
- Parameters
- label:
- Name of the label to restore clickability on.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.17
disableScrollBar
- disableScrollBar(windowName)
- Disables the scroll bar for the miniConsole named windowName
- See Also: enableScrollBar()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- The name of the window to disable the scroll bar in.
echoLink
- echoLink([windowName], text, command, hint, [useCurrentFormatElseDefault])
- Echos a piece of text as a clickable link, at the end of the current selected line - similar to echo().
- See also: cechoLink(), hechoLink()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) either be none or "main" for the main console, or a miniconsole / userwindow name.
- text:
- Text to display in the echo. Same as a normal echo().
- command:
- Lua code to do when the link is clicked.
- hint:
- Text for the tooltip to be displayed when the mouse is over the link.
- useCurrentFormatElseDefault:
- If true, then the link will use the current selection style (colors, underline, etc). If missing or false, it will use the default link style - blue on black underlined text.
- Example
-- echo a link named 'press me!' that'll send the 'hi' command to the game
echoLink("press me!", [[send("hi")]], "This is a tooltip")
-- do the same, but send this link to a miniConsole
echoLink("my miniConsole", "press me!", [[send("hi")]], "This is a tooltip")
echoUserWindow
- echoUserWindow(windowName)
- This function will print text to both mini console windows, dock windows and labels. It is outdated however - echo() instead.
echoPopup
- echoPopup([windowName], text, {commands}, {hints}, [useCurrentFormatElseDefault])
- Creates text with a left-clickable link, and a right-click menu for more options at the end of the current line, like echo. The added text, upon being left-clicked, will do the first command in the list. Upon being right-clicked, it'll display a menu with all possible commands. The menu will be populated with hints, one for each line.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the window to echo to. Use either main or omit for the main window, or the miniconsoles name otherwise.
- text:
- the text to display
- {commands}:
- a table of lua code strings to do. ie,
{[[send("hello")]], [[echo("hi!"]]}
- {hints}:
- a table of strings which will be shown on the popup and right-click menu. ie,
{"send the hi command", "echo hi to yourself"}
- useCurrentFormatElseDefault:
- (optional) a boolean value for using either the current formatting options (colour, underline, italic) or the link default (blue underline).
- Example
-- Create some text as a clickable with a popup menu:
echoPopup("activities to do", {[[send "sleep"]], [[send "sit"]], [[send "stand"]]}, {"sleep", "sit", "stand"})
enableClickthrough
- enableClickthrough(label)
- Make a label 'invisible' to clicks - so if you have another label underneath, it'll be clicked on instead of this one on top.
- This affects clicks, double-clicks, right-clicks, as well as the onEnter/onLeave events.
- See also: disableClickthrough()
- Parameters
- label:
- The name of the label to enable clickthrough on.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.17
enableScrollBar
- enableScrollBar(windowName)
- Enables the scrollbar for the miniConsole named windowName.
- See Also: disableScrollBar()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- The name of the window to enable the scroll bar in.
fg
- fg([window], colorName)
- If used on a selection, sets the foreground color to colorName - otherwise, it will set the color of the next text-inserting calls (echo(), insertText, echoLink(), and others)
- See Also: bg(), setBgColor()
- Parameters
- window:
- (optional) name of the miniconsole to operate on. If you'd like it to work on the main window, don't specify anything or use main (since Mudlet 3.0).
- colorName:
- Example
--This would change the color of the text on the current line to green
selectCurrentLine()
fg("green")
resetFormat()
--This will echo red, green, blue in their respective colors
fg("red")
echo("red ")
fg("green")
echo("green ")
fg("blue")
echo("blue ")
resetFormat()
-- example of working on a miniconsole
fg("my console", "red")
echo("my console", "red text")
getAvailableFonts
- fonts = getAvailableFonts()
- This returns a "font - true" key-value list of available fonts which you can use to verify that Mudlet has access to a given font.
- To install a new font with your package, include the font file in your zip/mpackage and it'll be automatically installed for you.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.10
- Example
-- check if Ubuntu Mono is a font we can use
if getAvailableFonts()["Ubuntu Mono"] then
-- make the miniconsole use the font at size 16
setFont("my miniconsole", "Ubuntu Mono")
setFontSize("my miniconsole", 16)
end
getBgColor
- r, g, b = getBgColor(windowName)
- This function returns the rgb values of the background color of the first character of the current selection on mini console (window) windowName. If windowName is omitted Mudlet will use the main screen.
- See also: setBgColor()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- A window to operate on - either a miniconsole or the main window.
- Example
local r,g,b;
selectString("troll",1)
r,g,b = getBgColor()
if r == 255 and g == 0 and b == 0 then
echo("HELP! troll is highlighted in red letters, the monster is aggressive!\n");
end
getColorWildcard
- AnsiNumber = getColorWildcard(ansi color number)
- This function, given an ANSI color number (list), will return all strings on the current line that match it.
- See also: isAnsiFgColor(), isAnsiBgColor()
- Parameters
- ansi color number:
- A color number (list) to match.
- Example
-- we can run this script on a line that has the players name coloured differently to easily capture it from
-- anywhere on the line
local match = getColorWildcard(14)
if match then
echo("\nFound "..match.."!")
else
echo("\nDidn't find anyone.")
end
getColumnCount
- columns = getColumnCount([windowName])
- Gets the maximum number of columns (characters) that a given window can display on a single row, taking into consideration factors such as window width, font size, spacing, etc.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the window whose number of columns we want to calculate. By default it operates on the main window.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.7.0
- Example
print("Maximum number of columns on the main window "..getColumnCount())
getColumnNumber
- column = getColumnNumber([windowName])
- Gets the absolute column number of the current user cursor.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) either be none or "main" for the main console, or a miniconsole / userwindow name.
Note: the argument is available since Mudlet 3.0.
- Example
HelloWorld = Geyser.MiniConsole:new({
name="HelloWorld",
x="70%", y="50%",
width="30%", height="50%",
})
HelloWorld:echo("hello!\n")
HelloWorld:echo("hello!\n")
HelloWorld:echo("hello!\n")
moveCursor("HelloWorld", 3, getLastLineNumber("HelloWorld"))
-- should say 3, because we moved the cursor in the HellWorld window to the 3rd position in the line
print("getColumnNumber: "..tostring(getColumnNumber("HelloWorld")))
moveCursor("HelloWorld", 1, getLastLineNumber("HelloWorld"))
-- should say 3, because we moved the cursor in the HellWorld window to the 1st position in the line
print("getColumnNumber: "..tostring(getColumnNumber("HelloWorld")))
getCurrentLine
- content = getCurrentLine()
- Returns the content of the current line under the user cursor in the buffer. The Lua variable line holds the content of getCurrentLine() before any triggers have been run on this line. When triggers change the content of the buffer, the variable line will not be adjusted and thus hold an outdated string. line = getCurrentLine() will update line to the real content of the current buffer. This is important if you want to copy the current line after it has been changed by some triggers. selectString( line,1 ) will return false and won't select anything because line no longer equals getCurrentLine(). Consequently, selectString( getCurrentLine(), 1 ) is what you need.
- Example
print("Currently selected line: "..getCurrentLine())
getFgColor
- r, g, b = getFgColor(windowName)
- This function returns the rgb values of the color of the first character of the current selection on mini console (window) windowName. If windowName is omitted Mudlet will use the main screen.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- A window to operate on - either a miniconsole or the main window.
- Example
local r,g,b;
selectString("troll",1)
r,g,b = getFgColor()
if r == 255 and g == 0 and b == 0 then
echo("HELP! troll is written in red letters, the monster is aggressive!\n");
end
getFont
- font = getFont(windowName)
- Gets the current font of the given window or console name. Can be used to get font of the main console, dockable userwindows and miniconsoles.
- See also: setFont(), setFontSize(), openUserWindow(), getAvailableFonts()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- The window name to get font size of - can either be none or "main" for the main console, or a miniconsole/userwindow name.
Note:
Available in Mudlet 3.4+. Since Mudlet 3.10, returns the actual font that was used in case you didn't have the required font when using setFont().
- Example
-- The following will get the "main" console font size.
display("Font in the main window: "..getFont())
display("Font in the main window: "..getFont("main"))
-- This will get the font size of a user window named "user window awesome".
display("Font size: " .. getFont("user window awesome"))
getFontSize
- size = getFontSize(windowName)
- Gets the current font size of the given window or console name. Can be used to get font size of the Main console as well as dockable UserWindows.
- See Also: setFontSize(), openUserWindow()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- The window name to get font size of - can either be none or "main" for the main console, or a UserWindow name.
Note:
Available in Mudlet 3.4+
- Example
-- The following will get the "main" console font size.
local mainWindowFontSize = getFontSize()
if mainWindowFontSize then
display("Font size: " .. mainWindowFontSize)
end
local mainWindowFontSize = getFontSize("main")
if mainWindowFontSize then
display("Font size: " .. fs2)
end
-- This will get the font size of a user window named "user window awesome".
local awesomeWindowFontSize = getFontSize("user window awesome")
if awesomeWindowFontSize then
display("Font size: " .. awesomeWindowFontSize)
end
getLastLineNumber
- line = getLastLineNumber(windowName)
- Returns the latest line's number in the main window or the miniconsole. This could be different from getLineNumber() if the cursor was moved around.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- name of the window to use. Either use main for the main window, or the name of the miniconsole.
- Example
-- get the latest line's # in the buffer
local latestline = getLastLineNumber("main")
getLineCount
- amount = getLineCount()
- Gets the absolute amount of lines in the current console buffer
- Parameters
- None
- Example
Need example
getLines
- contents = getLines([windowName,] from_line_number, to_line_number)
- Returns a section of the content of the screen text buffer. Returns a Lua table with the content of the lines on a per line basis. The form value is result = {relative_linenumber = line}.
- Absolute line numbers are used.
- Parameters
- windowName
- (optional) name of the miniconsole/userwindow to get lines for, or "main" for the main window (Mudlet 3.17+)
- from_line_number:
- First line number
- to_line_number:
- End line number
- Example
-- retrieve & echo the last line:
echo(getLines(getLineNumber()-1, getLineNumber())[1])
-- find out which server and port you are connected to (as per Mudlet settings dialog):
local t = getLines(0, getLineNumber())
local server, port
for i = 1, #t do
local s, p = t[i]:match("looking up the IP address of server:(.-):(%d+)")
if s then server, port = s, p break end
end
display(server)
display(port)
getLineNumber
- line = getLineNumber([windowName])
- Returns the absolute line number of the current user cursor (the y position). The cursor by default is on the current line the triggers are processing - which you can move around with moveCursor() and moveCursorEnd(). This function can come in handy in combination when using with moveCursor() and getLines().
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the miniconsole to operate on. If you'd like it to work on the main window, don't specify anything.
Note:
The argument is available since Mudlet 3.0.
- Example
-- use getLines() in conjuction with getLineNumber() to check if the previous line has a certain word
if getLines(getLineNumber()-1, getLineNumber())[1]:find("attacks") then echo("previous line had the word 'attacks' in it!\n") end
-- check how many lines you've got in your miniconsole after echoing some text.
-- Note the use of moveCursorEnd() to update getLineNumber()'s output
HelloWorld = Geyser.MiniConsole:new({
name="HelloWorld",
x="70%", y="50%",
width="30%", height="50%",
})
print(getLineNumber("HelloWorld"))
HelloWorld:echo("hello!\n")
HelloWorld:echo("hello!\n")
HelloWorld:echo("hello!\n")
-- update the cursors position, as it seems to be necessary to do
moveCursorEnd("HelloWorld")
print(getLineNumber("HelloWorld"))
getMainConsoleWidth
- width = getMainConsoleWidth()
- Returns a single number; the width of the main console (MUD output) in pixels.
- Parameters
- None
- Example
-- Save width of the main console to a variable for future use.
consoleWidth = getMainConsoleWidth()
getMousePosition
- x, y = getMousePosition()
- Returns the coordinates of the mouse's position, relative to the Mudlet window itself.
- Parameters
- None
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.1+
- Example
-- Retrieve x and y position of the mouse to determine where to create a new label, then use that position to create a new label
local x, y = getMousePosition()
createLabel("clickGeneratedLabel", x, y, 100, 100, 1)
-- if the label already exists, just move it
moveWindow("clickGeneratedLabel", x, y)
-- and make it easier to notice
setBackgroundColor("clickGeneratedLabel", 255, 204, 0, 200)
getMainWindowSize
- width, height = getMainWindowSize()
- Returns two numbers, the width and height in pixels. This is useful for calculating the window dimensions and placement of custom GUI toolkit items like labels, buttons, mini consoles etc.
- See Also: setMainWindowSize()
- Parameters
- None
- Example
--this will get the size of your main mudlet window and save them
--into the variables mainHeight and mainWidth
mainWidth, mainHeight = getMainWindowSize()
getRowCount
- rows = getRowCount([windowName])
- Gets the maximum number of rows that a given window can display at once, taking into consideration factors such as window height, font type, spacing, etc.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the window whose maximum number of rows we want to calculate. By default it operates on the main window.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.7.0
- Example
print("Maximum of rows on the main window "..getRowCount())
getSelection
- text, start, length = getSelection([windowName])
- Returns the text currently selected with selectString(), selectSection(), or selectCurrentLine(). Note that this isn't the text currently selected with the mouse.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the window to get the selection from. By default it operates on the main window.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.16.0
- Example
selectCurrentLine()
print("Current selection is: "..getSelection())
getStopWatchTime
- time = getStopWatchTime(watchID)
- Returns the time (milliseconds based) in form of 0.058 (= clock ran for 58 milliseconds before it was stopped). Please note that after the stopwatch is stopped, retrieving the time will not work - it's only valid while it is running.
- See also: createStopWatch()
- Returns a number
- Parameters
- watchID
- The ID number of the watch.
- Example
-- an example of showing the time left on the stopwatch
teststopwatch = teststopwatch or createStopWatch()
startStopWatch(teststopwatch)
echo("Time on stopwatch: "..getStopWatchTime(teststopwatch))
tempTimer(1, [[echo("Time on stopwatch: "..getStopWatchTime(teststopwatch))]])
tempTimer(2, [[echo("Time on stopwatch: "..getStopWatchTime(teststopwatch))]])
stopStopWatch(teststopwatch)
handleWindowResizeEvent
- handleWindowResizeEvent()
- (depreciated) This function is depreciated and should not be used; it's only documented here for historical reference - use the sysWindowResizeEvent event instead.
The standard implementation of this function does nothing. However, this function gets called whenever the main window is being manually resized. You can overwrite this function in your own scripts to handle window resize events yourself and e. g. adjust the screen position and size of your mini console windows, labels or other relevant GUI elements in your scripts that depend on the size of the main Window. To override this function you can simply put a function with the same name in one of your scripts thus overwriting the original empty implementation of this.
- Parameters
- None
- Example
function handleWindowResizeEvent()
-- determine the size of your screen
WindowWidth=0;
WindowHeight=0;
WindowWidth, WindowHeight = getMainWindowSize();
-- move mini console "sys" to the far right side of the screen whenever the screen gets resized
moveWindow("sys",WindowWidth-300,0)
end
hasFocus
- hasFocus()
- Returns true or false depending if Mudlet's main window is currently in focus (ie, the user isn't focused on another window, like a browser). If multiple profiles are loaded, this can also be used to check if a given profile is in focus.
- Parameters
- None
- Example
if attacked and not hasFocus() then
runaway()
else
fight()
end
hecho
- hecho([windowName], text)
- Echoes text that can be easily formatted with colour tags in the hexadecimal format.
- See Also: decho(), cecho()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the window to echo to. Can either be omitted or "main" for the main window, else specify the miniconsoles name.
- text:
- The text to display, with color changes made within the string using the format |cFRFGFB,BRBGBB where FR is the foreground red value, FG is the foreground green value, FB is the foreground blue value, BR is the background red value, etc., BRBGBB is optional. |r can be used within the string to reset the colors to default.
- Example
hecho("|ca00040black!")
hechoLink
- hechoLink([windowName], text, command, hint, true)
- Echos a piece of text as a clickable link, at the end of the current selected line - similar to hecho(). This version allows you to use colours within your link text.
- See also: cechoLink(), echoLink()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) - allows selection between sending the link to a miniconsole or the main window.
- text:
- text to display in the echo. Same as a normal hecho().
- command:
- lua code to do when the link is clicked.
- hint:
- text for the tooltip to be displayed when the mouse is over the link.
- true:
- requires argument for the colouring to work.
- Example
-- echo a link named 'press me!' that'll send the 'hi' command to the game
hechoLink("|ca00040black!", [[send("hi")]], "This is a tooltip", true)
hideToolBar
- hideToolBar(name)
- Hides the toolbar with the given name name and makes it disappear. If all toolbars of a tool bar area (top, left, right) are hidden, the entire tool bar area disappears automatically.
- Parameters
- name:
- name of the button group to display
- Example
hideToolBar("my offensive buttons")
hideWindow
- hideWindow(name)
- This function hides a mini console label. To show it again, use showWindow().
- See also: createMiniConsole(), createLabel()
- Parameters
- name
- specifies the label you want to hide.
- Example
function miniconsoleTest()
local windowWidth, windowHeight = getMainWindowSize()
-- create the miniconsole
createMiniConsole("sys", windowWidth-650,0,650,300)
setBackgroundColor("sys",255,69,0,255)
setMiniConsoleFontSize("sys", 8)
-- wrap lines in window "sys" at 40 characters per line - somewhere halfway, as an example
setWindowWrap("sys", 40)
print("created red window top-right")
tempTimer(1, function()
hideWindow("sys")
print("hid red window top-right")
end)
tempTimer(3, function()
showWindow("sys")
print("showed red window top-right")
end)
end
miniconsoleTest()
insertLink
- insertLink([windowName], text, command, hint, [useCurrentLinkFormat])
- Inserts a piece of text as a clickable link at the current cursor position - similar to insertText().
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) the window to insert the link in - use either "main" or omit for the main window.
- text:
- text to display in the window. Same as a normal echo().
- command:
- lua code to do when the link is clicked.
- hint:
- text for the tooltip to be displayed when the mouse is over the link.
- useCurrentLinkFormat:
- (optional) true or false. If true, then the link will use the current selection style (colors, underline, etc). If missing or false, it will use the default link style - blue on black underlined text.
- Example
-- link with the default blue on white colors
insertLink("hey, click me!", [[echo("you clicked me!\n")]], "Click me popup")
-- use current cursor colors by adding true at the end
fg("red")
insertLink("hey, click me!", [[echo("you clicked me!\n")]], "Click me popup", true)
resetFormat()
insertPopup
- insertPopup([windowName], text, {commands}, {hints}, [useCurrentLinkFormat])
- Creates text with a left-clickable link, and a right-click menu for more options exactly where the cursor position is, similar to insertText(). The inserted text, upon being left-clicked, will do the first command in the list. Upon being right-clicked, it'll display a menu with all possible commands. The menu will be populated with hints, one for each line.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the window to echo to - use either main or omit for the main window, or the miniconsoles name otherwise.
- name:
- the name of the console to operate on. If not using this in a miniConsole, use "main" as the name.
- {lua code}:
- a table of lua code strings to do. ie,
{[[send("hello")]], [[echo("hi!"]]}
.
- {hints}:
- a table of strings which will be shown on the popup and right-click menu. ie,
{"send the hi command", "echo hi to yourself"}
.
- useCurrentLinkFormat:
- (optional) boolean value for using either the current formatting options (colour, underline, italic) or the link default (blue underline).
- Example
-- Create some text as a clickable with a popup menu:
insertPopup("activities to do", {[[send "sleep"]], [[send "sit"]], [[send "stand"]]}, {"sleep", "sit", "stand"})
insertText
- insertText([windowName], text)
- Inserts text at cursor postion in window - unlike echo(), which inserts the text at the end of the last line in the buffer (typically the one being processed by the triggers). You can use moveCursor() to move the cursor into position first.
- insertHTML() also does the same thing as insertText, if you ever come across it.
- See also: cinsertText()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) The window to insert the text to.
- text:
- The text you will insert into the current cursor position.
- Example
-- move the cursor to the end of the previous line and insert some text
-- move to the previous line
moveCursor(0, getLineNumber()-1)
-- move the end the of the previous line
moveCursor(#getCurrentLine(), getLineNumber())
fg("dark_slate_gray")
insertText(' <- that looks nice.')
deselect()
resetFormat()
moveCursorEnd()
ioprint
- ioprint(text, some more text, ...)
- Prints text to the to the stdout. This is only available if you launched Mudlet from cmd.exe on Windows, from the terminal on Mac, or from the terminal on a Linux OS (launch the terminal program, type mudlet and press enter).
Similar to echo(), but does not require a "\n" at the end for a newline and can print several items given to it. It cannot print whole tables. This function works similarly to the print() you will see in guides for Lua.
This function is useful in working out potential crashing problems with Mudlet due to your scripts - as you will still see whatever it printed when Mudlet crashes.
- Parameters
- text:
- The information you want to display.
- Example
ioprint("hi!")
ioprint(1,2,3)
ioprint(myvariable, someothervariable, yetanothervariable)
isAnsiBgColor
- isAnsiBgColor(ansiBgColorCode)
- This function tests if the first character of the current selection has the background color specified by ansiBgColorCode.
- Parameters
- ansiBgColorCode:
- A color code to test for, possible codes are:
0 = default text color
1 = light black
2 = dark black
3 = light red
4 = dark red
5 = light green
6 = dark green
7 = light yellow
8 = dark yellow
9 = light blue
10 = dark blue
11 = light magenta
12 = dark magenta
13 = light cyan
14 = dark cyan
15 = light white
16 = dark white
- Example
selectString( matches[1], 1 )
if isAnsiBgColor( 5 ) then
bg("red");
resetFormat();
echo("yes, the background of the text is light green")
else
echo( "no sorry, some other backgroundground color" )
end
Note:
The variable named matches[1] holds the matched trigger pattern - even in substring, exact match, begin of line substring trigger patterns or even color triggers that do not know about the concept of capture groups. Consequently, you can always test if the text that has fired the trigger has a certain color and react accordingly. This function is faster than using getFgColor() and then handling the color comparison in Lua.
isAnsiFgColor
- isAnsiFgColor(ansiFgColorCode)
- This function tests if the first character of the current selection has the foreground color specified by ansiFgColorCode.
- Parameters
- ansiFgColorCode:
- A color code to test for, possible codes are:
0 = default text color
1 = light black
2 = dark black
3 = light red
4 = dark red
5 = light green
6 = dark green
7 = light yellow
8 = dark yellow
9 = light blue
10 = dark blue
11 = light magenta
12 = dark magenta
13 = light cyan
14 = dark cyan
15 = light white
16 = dark white
- Example
selectString( matches[1], 1 )
if isAnsiFgColor( 5 ) then
bg("red");
resetFormat();
echo("yes, the text is light green")
else
echo( "no sorry, some other foreground color" )
end
Note:
The variable named matches[1] holds the matched trigger pattern - even in substring, exact match, begin of line substring trigger patterns or even color triggers that do not know about the concept of capture groups. Consequently, you can always test if the text that has fired the trigger has a certain color and react accordingly. This function is faster than using getFgColor() and then handling the color comparison in Lua.
lowerWindow
- lowerWindow(labelName)
- Moves the referenced label/console below all other labels/consoles. For the opposite effect, see: raiseWindow().
- Parameters
- labelName:
- the name of the label/console you wish to move below the rest.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.1.0
- Example
createLabel("blueLabel", 300, 300, 100, 100, 1) --creates a blue label
setBackgroundColor("blueLabel", 50, 50, 250, 255)
createLabel("redLabel", 350, 350, 100, 100, 1) --creates a red label which is placed on TOP of the blue label, as the last made label will sit at the top of the rest
setBackgroundColor("redLabel", 250, 50, 50, 255)
lowerWindow("redLabel") --lowers redLabel, causing blueLabel to be back on top
moveCursor
- moveCursor([windowName], x, y)
- Moves the user cursor of the window windowName, or the main window, to the absolute point (x,y). This function returns false if such a move is impossible e.g. the coordinates don’t exist. To determine the correct coordinates use getLineNumber(), getColumnNumber() and getLastLineNumber(). The trigger engine will always place the user cursor at the beginning of the current line before the script is run. If you omit the windowName argument, the main screen will be used.
- Returns true or false depending on if the cursor was moved to a valid position. Check this before doing further cursor operations - because things like deleteLine() might invalidate this.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) The window you are going to move the cursor in.
- x:
- The horizontal axis in the window - that is, the letter position within the line.
- y:
- The vertical axis in the window - that is, the line number.
- Example
-- move cursor to the start of the previous line and insert -<(
-- the first 0 means we want the cursor right at the start of the line,
-- and getLineNumber()-1 means we want the cursor on the current line# - 1 which
-- equals to the previous line
moveCursor(0, getLineNumber()-1)
insertText("-<(")
-- now we move the cursor at the end of the previous line. Because the
-- cursor is on the previous line already, we can use #getCurrentLine()
-- to see how long it is. We also just do getLineNumber() because getLineNumber()
-- returns the current line # the cursor is on
moveCursor(#getCurrentLine(), getLineNumber())
insertText(")>-")
-- finally, reset it to the end where it was after our shenaningans - other scripts
-- could expect the cursor to be at the end
moveCursorEnd()
-- a more complicated example showing how to work with Mudlet functions
-- set up the small system message window in the top right corner
-- determine the size of your screen
local WindowWidth, WindowHeight = getMainWindowSize()
-- define a mini console named "sys" and set its background color
createMiniConsole("sys",WindowWidth-650,0,650,300)
setBackgroundColor("sys",85,55,0,255)
-- you *must* set the font size, otherwise mini windows will not work properly
setMiniConsoleFontSize("sys", 12)
-- wrap lines in window "sys" at 65 characters per line
setWindowWrap("sys", 60)
-- set default font colors and font style for window "sys"
setTextFormat("sys",0,35,255,50,50,50,0,0,0)
-- clear the window
clearUserWindow("sys")
moveCursorEnd("sys")
setFgColor("sys", 10,10,0)
setBgColor("sys", 0,0,255)
echo("sys", "test1---line1\n<this line is to be deleted>\n<this line is to be deleted also>\n")
echo("sys", "test1---line2\n")
echo("sys", "test1---line3\n")
setTextFormat("sys",158,0,255,255,0,255,0,0,0);
--setFgColor("sys",255,0,0);
echo("sys", "test1---line4\n")
echo("sys", "test1---line5\n")
moveCursor("sys", 1,1)
-- deleting lines 2+3
deleteLine("sys")
deleteLine("sys")
-- inserting a line at pos 5,2
moveCursor("sys", 5,2)
setFgColor("sys", 100,100,0)
setBgColor("sys", 255,100,0)
insertText("sys","############## line inserted at pos 5/2 ##############")
-- inserting a line at pos 0,0
moveCursor("sys", 0,0)
selectCurrentLine("sys")
setFgColor("sys", 255,155,255)
setBold( "sys", true );
setUnderline( "sys", true )
setItalics( "sys", true )
insertText("sys", "------- line inserted at: 0/0 -----\n")
setBold( "sys", true )
setUnderline( "sys", false )
setItalics( "sys", false )
setFgColor("sys", 255,100,0)
setBgColor("sys", 155,155,0)
echo("sys", "*** This is the end. ***\n")
moveCursorDown
- moveCursorDown([windowName,] [lines,] [keepHorizontal])
- Moves the cursor in the given window down a specified number of lines.
- See also: moveCursor(), moveCursorUp(), moveCursorEnd()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the miniconsole/userwindow, or "main" for the main window.
- lines:
- (optional) number of lines to move cursor down by, or 1 by default.
- keepHorizontal:
- (optional) true/false to specify if horizontal position should be retained, or reset to the start of the line otherwise.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.17+
- Example
Need example
moveCursorUp
- moveCursorUp([windowName,] [lines,] [keepHorizontal])
- Moves the cursor in the given window up a specified number of lines.
- See also: moveCursor(), moveCursorDown(), moveCursorEnd()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the miniconsole/userwindow, or "main" for the main window.
- lines:
- (optional) number of lines to move cursor up by, or 1 by default.
- keepHorizontal:
- (optional) true/false to specify if horizontal position should be retained, or reset to the start of the line otherwise.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.17+
- Example
Need example
moveCursorEnd
- moveCursorEnd([windowName])
- Moves the cursor to the end of the buffer. "main" is the name of the main window, otherwise use the name of your user window.
- See Also: moveCursor()
- Returns true or false
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the miniconsole/userwindow, or "main" for the main window.
- Example
Need example
moveGauge
- moveGauge(gaugeName, newX, newY)
- Moves a gauge created with createGauge to the new x,y coordinates. Remember the coordinates are relative to the top-left corner of the output window.
- Parameters
- gaugeName:
- The name of your gauge
- newX:
- The horizontal pixel location
- newY:
- The vertical pixel location
- Example
-- This would move the health bar gauge to the location 1200, 400
moveGauge("healthBar", 1200, 400)
moveWindow
- moveWindow(name, x, y)
- This function moves window name to the given x/y coordinate. The main screen cannot be moved. Instead you’ll have to set appropriate border values → preferences to move the main screen e.g. to make room for chat or information mini consoles, or other GUI elements. In the future moveWindow() will set the border values automatically if the name parameter is omitted.
- See Also: createMiniConsole(), createLabel(), handleWindowResizeEvent(), resizeWindow(), setBorderTop(), openUserWindow()
- Parameters
- name:
- The name of your window
- newX:
- The horizontal pixel location
- newY:
- The vertical pixel location
Note:
Since Mudlet 3.7 this method can also be used on UserWindow consoles.
openUserWindow
- openUserWindow(windowName, [restoreLayout])
- Opens a user dockable console window for user output e.g. statistics, chat etc. If a window of such a name already exists, nothing happens. You can move these windows (even to a different screen on a system with a multi-screen display), dock them on any of the four sides of the main application window, make them into notebook tabs or float them.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- name of your window, it must be unique across ALL profiles if more than one is open (for multi-playing).
- restoreLayout:
- (optional) - only relevant, if false is provided. Then the window won't be restored to its last known position.
Note:
Since Mudlet version 3.2, Mudlet will automatically remember the windows last position and the restoreLayout argument is available as well.
- Examples
openUserWindow("My floating window")
cecho("My floating window", "<red>hello <blue>bob!")
-- if you don't want Mudlet to remember its last position:
openUserWindow("My floating window", false)
paste
- paste(windowName)
- Pastes the previously copied text including all format codes like color, font etc. at the current user cursor position. The copy() and paste() functions can be used to copy formated text from the main window to a user window without losing colors e. g. for chat windows, map windows etc.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- The name of your window
prefix
- prefix(text, [writingFunction], [foregroundColor], [backgroundColor], [windowName])
- Prefixes text at the beginning of the current line when used in a trigger.
- Parameters
- text:
- the information you want to prefix
- "writingFunction:"
- optional parameter, allows the selection of different functions to be used to write the text, valid options are: echo, cecho, decho, and hecho.
- "foregroundColor:"
- optional parameter, allows a foreground color to be specified if using the echo function using a color name, as with the fg() function
- "backgroundColor:"
- optional parameter, allows a background color to be specified if using the echo function using a color name, as with the bg() function
- "windowName:"
- optional parameter, allows the selection a miniconsole or the main window for the line that will be prefixed
- Example
-- Prefix the hours, minutes and seconds onto our prompt even though Mudlet has a button for that
prefix(os.date("%H:%M:%S "))
-- Prefix the time in red into a miniconsole named "my_console"
prefix(os.date("<red>%H:%M:%S<reset>", cecho, nil, nil, "my_console"))
- See also: suffix()
- print(text, some more text, ...)
- Prints text to the main window. Similar to echo(), but does not require a "\n" at the end for a newline and can print several items given to it. It cannot print whole tables - use display() for those. This function works similarly to the print() you will see in guides for Lua.
- Parameters
- text:
- The information you want to display.
- Example
print("hi!")
print(1,2,3)
print(myvariable, someothervariable, yetanothervariable)
raiseWindow
- raiseWindow(labelName)
- Raises the referenced label/console above all over labels/consoles. For the opposite effect, see: lowerWindow().
- Parameters
- labelName:
- the name of the label/console you wish to bring to the top of the rest.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.1.0
- Example
createLabel("blueLabel", 300, 300, 100, 100, 1) --creates a blue label
setBackgroundColor("blueLabel", 50, 50, 250, 255)
createLabel("redLabel", 350, 350, 100, 100, 1) --creates a red label which is placed on TOP of the bluewindow, as the last made label will sit at the top of the rest
setBackgroundColor("redLabel", 250, 50, 50, 255)
raiseWindow("blueLabel") --raises blueLabel back at the top, above redLabel
replace
- replace([windowName], with, [keepcolor])
- Replaces the currently selected text with the new text. To select text, use selectString(), selectSection() or a similar function.
Note:
If you’d like to delete/gag the whole line, use deleteLine() instead.
Note:
when used outside of a trigger context (for example, in a timer instead of a trigger), replace() won't trigger the screen to refresh. Instead, use replace("") and insertText("new text") as insertText() does.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of window (a miniconsole)
- with:
- the new text to display.
- keepcolor:
- (optional) argument, setting this to true will keep the existing colors (since Mudlet 3.0+)
- Example
-- replace word "troll" with "cute trolly"
selectString("troll",1)
replace("cute trolly")
-- replace the whole line
selectCurrentLine()
replace("Out with the old, in with the new!")
replaceAll
- replaceAll(what, with)
- Replaces all occurrences of what in the current line with with.
- Parameters
- what:
- the text to replace
- with:
- the new text to have in place
- Examples
-- replace all occurrences of the word "south" in the line with "north"
replaceAll("south", "north")
-- replace all occurrences of the text that the variable "target" has
replaceAll(target, "The Bad Guy")
replaceWildcard
- replaceWildcard(which, replacement)
- Replaces the given wildcard (as a number) with the given text. Equivalent to doing:
selectString(matches[2], 1)
replace("text")
- Parameters
- which:
- Wildcard to replace.
- replacement:
- Text to replace the wildcard with.
- Example
replaceWildcard(2, "hello") -- on a perl regex trigger of ^You wave (goodbye)\.$, it will make it seem like you waved hello
resetFormat
- resetFormat()
- Resets the colour/bold/italics formatting. Always use this function when done adjusting formatting, so make sure what you've set doesn't 'bleed' onto other triggers/aliases.
- Parameters
- None
- Example
-- select and set the 'Tommy' to red in the line
if selectString("Tommy", 1) ~= -1 then fg("red") end
-- now reset the formatting, so our echo isn't red
resetFormat()
echo(" Hi Tommy!")
-- another example: just highlighting some words
for _, word in ipairs{"he", "she", "her", "their"} do
if selectString(word, 1) ~= -1 then
bg("blue")
end
end
resetFormat()
resizeWindow
- resizeWindow(windowName, width, height)
- Resizes a mini console, label, or floating User Windows.
- See also: createMiniConsole(), createLabel(), handleWindowResizeEvent(), resizeWindow(), setBorderTop(), openUserWindow()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- The name of your window
- width:
- The new width you want
- height:
- The new height you want
Note:
Since Mudlet 3.7 this method can also be used on UserWindow consoles, only if they are floating.
selectCaptureGroup
- selectCaptureGroup(groupNumber)
- Selects the content of the capture group number in your Perl regular expression (from matches[]). It does not work with multimatches.
- See also: selectCurrentLine()
- Parameters
- groupNumber:
- number of the capture group you want to select
- Example
--First, set a Perl Reqular expression e.g. "you have (\d+) Euro".
--If you want to color the amount of money you have green you do:
selectCaptureGroup(1)
setFgColor(0,255,0)
selectCurrentLine
- selectCurrentLine([windowName])
- Selects the content of the current line that the cursor at. By default, the cursor is at the start of the current line that the triggers are processing, but you can move it with the moveCursor() function.
Note:
This selects the whole line, including the linebreak - so it has a subtle difference from the slightly slower selectString(line, 1) selection method.
- See also: selectString(), selectCurrentLine(), getSelection(), getCurrentLine()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the window in which to select text.
- Example
-- color the whole line green!
selectCurrentLine()
fg("green")
deselect()
resetFormat()
-- to select the previous line, you can do this:
moveCursor(0, getLineNumber()-1)
selectCurrentLine()
-- to select two lines back, this:
moveCursor(0, getLineNumber()-2)
selectCurrentLine()
selectSection
- selectSection( [windowName], fromPosition, length )
- Selects the specified parts of the line starting from the left and extending to the right for however how long. The line starts from 0.
- Returns true if the selection was successful, and false if the line wasn't actually long enough or the selection couldn't be done in general.
- See also: selectString(), selectCurrentLine(), getSelection()
- Parameters
- "windowName:"
- (optional) name of the window in which to select text. By default the main window, if no windowName is given.
- Will not work if "main" is given as the windowName to try to select from the main window.
- fromPosition:
- number to specify at which position in the line to begin selecting
- length:
- number to specify the amount of characters you want to select
- Example
-- select and colour the first character in the line red
if selectSection(0,1) then fg("red") end
-- select and colour the second character green (start selecting from the first character, and select 1 character)
if selectSection(1,1) then fg("green") end
-- select and colour three character after the first two grey (start selecting from the 2nd character for 3 characters long)
if selectSection(2,3) then fg("grey") end
selectString
- selectString( [windowName], text, number_of_match )
- Selects a substring from the line where the user cursor is currently positioned - allowing you to edit selected text (apply colour, make it be a link, copy to other windows or other things).
Note:
You can move the user cursor with moveCursor(). When a new line arrives from the MUD, the user cursor is positioned at the beginning of the line. However, if one of your trigger scripts moves the cursor around you need to take care of the cursor position yourself and make sure that the cursor is in the correct line if you want to call one of the select functions. To deselect text, see deselect().
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the window in which to select text. By default the main window, if no windowName or an empty string is given.
- text:
- The text to select. It is matched as a substring match (so the text anywhere within the line will get selected).
- number_of_match:
- The occurrence of text on the line that you'd like to select. For example, if the line was "Bob and Bob", 1 would select the first Bob, and 2 would select the second Bob.
- Returns position in line or -1 on error (text not found in line)
Note:
To prevent working on random text if your selection didn't actually select anything, check the -1 return code before doing changes:
- Example
if selectString( "big monster", 1 ) > -1 then fg("red") end
setAppStyleSheet
- setAppStyleSheet(stylesheet)
- Sets a stylesheet for the entire Mudlet application - allowing you to customise content outside of the main window (the profile tabs, the scrollbar, and so on).
- Parameters
- stylesheet:
- The entire stylesheet you'd like to use.
- References
- See Qt Style Sheets Reference for the list of widgets you can style and CSS properties you can apply on them.
- See also QDarkStyleSheet, a rather extensive stylesheet that shows you all the different configuration options you could apply, available as an mpackage here.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.0.
- Example
-- credit to Akaya @ http://forums.mudlet.org/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4610&start=10#p21770
local background_color = "#26192f"
local border_color = "#b8731b"
setAppStyleSheet([[
QMainWindow {
background: ]]..background_color..[[;
}
QToolBar {
background: ]]..background_color..[[;
}
QToolButton {
background: ]]..background_color..[[;
border-style: solid;
border-width: 2px;
border-color: ]]..border_color..[[;
border-radius: 5px;
font-family: BigNoodleTitling;
color: white;
margin: 2px;
font-size: 12pt;
}
QToolButton:hover { background-color: grey;}
QToolButton:focus { background-color: grey;}
QTreeView {
background: ]]..background_color..[[;
color: white;
}
QMenuBar{ background-color: ]]..background_color..[[;}
QMenuBar::item{ background-color: ]]..background_color..[[;}
QDockWidget::title {
background: ]]..border_color..[[;
}
QStatusBar {
background: ]]..border_color..[[;
}
QScrollBar:vertical {
background: ]]..background_color..[[;
width: 15px;
margin: 22px 0 22px 0;
}
QScrollBar::handle:vertical {
background-color: ]]..background_color..[[;
min-height: 20px;
border-width: 2px;
border-style: solid;
border-color: ]]..border_color..[[;
border-radius: 7px;
}
QScrollBar::add-line:vertical {
background-color: ]]..background_color..[[;
border-width: 2px;
border-style: solid;
border-color: ]]..border_color..[[;
border-bottom-left-radius: 7px;
border-bottom-right-radius: 7px;
height: 15px;
subcontrol-position: bottom;
subcontrol-origin: margin;
}
QScrollBar::sub-line:vertical {
background-color: ]]..background_color..[[;
border-width: 2px;
border-style: solid;
border-color: ]]..border_color..[[;
border-top-left-radius: 7px;
border-top-right-radius: 7px;
height: 15px;
subcontrol-position: top;
subcontrol-origin: margin;
}
QScrollBar::up-arrow:vertical, QScrollBar::down-arrow:vertical {
background: white;
width: 4px;
height: 3px;
}
QScrollBar::add-page:vertical, QScrollBar::sub-page:vertical {
background: none;
}
]])
-- if you'd like to reset it, use:
setAppStyleSheet("")
Also available as a one-line install - copy/paste this into Mudlet:
lua function downloaded_package(a,b)if not b:find("dark",1,true)then return end installPackage(b)os.remove(b)end registerAnonymousEventHandler("sysDownloadDone","downloaded_package")downloadFile(getMudletHomeDir().."/dark.mpackage","http://www.mudlet.org/wp-content/files/dark-theme-mudlet.zip")
setBackgroundColor
- setBackgroundColor([windowName], r, g, b, transparency)
- Sets the background for the given label, miniconsole, or userwindow. Colors are from 0 to 255 (0 being black), and transparency is from 0 to 255 (0 being completely transparent).
Note:
Transparency only works on labels, not miniconsoles for efficiency reasons.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the label/miniconsole/userwindow to change the background color on, or "main" for the main window.
- r:
- Amount of red to use, from 0 (none) to 255 (full).
- g:
- Amount of green to use, from 0 (none) to 255 (full).
- b:
- Amount of red to use, from 0 (none) to 255 (full).
- transparency:
- Amount of transparency to use, from 0 (fully transparent) to 255 (fully opaque).
Note:
The parameter windowName supports "main" since Mudlet 3.10.
- Example
-- make a red label that's somewhat transparent
setBackgroundColor("some label",255,0,0,200)
setBackgroundImage
- setBackgroundImage(labelName, imageLocation)
- Loads an image file (png) as a background image for a label. This can be used to display clickable buttons in combination with setLabelClickCallback() and such.
Note:
You can only do this for labels, not miniconsoles.
Note:
You can also load images via setLabelStyleSheet().
- Parameters
- labelName:
- The name of the label to change it's background color.
- imageLocation:
- The full path to the image location. It's best to use [[ ]] instead of "" for it - because for Windows paths, backslashes need to be escaped.
- Example
-- give the top border a nice look
setBackgroundImage("top bar", [[/home/vadi/Games/Mudlet/games/top_bar.png]])
setBgColor
- setBgColor([windowName], r, g, b)
- Sets the current text background color in the main window unless windowName parameter given. If you have selected text prior to this call, the selection will be highlighted otherwise the current text background color will be changed. If you set a foreground or background color, the color will be used until you call resetFormat() on all further print commands.
See also: cecho()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) either be none or "main" for the main console, or a miniconsole / userwindow name.
- r:
- The red component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255
- g:
- The green component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255
- b:
- The blue component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255
- Example
--highlights the first occurrence of the string "Tom" in the current line with a red background color.
selectString( "Tom", 1 )
setBgColor( 255,0,0 )
--prints "Hello" on red background and "You" on blue.
setBgColor(255,0,0)
echo("Hello")
setBgColor(0,0,255)
echo(" You!")
resetFormat()
setBold
- setBold(windowName, boolean)
- Sets the current text font to bold (true) or non-bold (false) mode. If the windowName parameters omitted, the main screen will be used. If you've got text currently selected in the Mudlet buffer, then the selection will be bolded. Any text you add after with echo() or insertText() will be bolded until you use resetFormat().
- windowName:
- Optional parameter set the current text background color in windowname given.
- boolean:
- A
true
orfalse
that enables or disables bolding of text
- Example
-- enable bold formatting
setBold(true)
-- the following echo will be bolded
echo("hi")
-- turns off bolding, italics, underlines and colouring. It's good practice to clean up after you're done with the formatting, so other your formatting doesn't "bleed" into other echoes.
resetFormat()
setBorderBottom
- setBorderBottom(size)
- Sets the size of the bottom border of the main window in pixels. A border means that the MUD text won't go on it, so this gives you room to place your graphical elements there.
- See Also: setBorderColor()
- Parameters
- size:
- Height of the border in pixels - with 0 indicating no border.
- Example
setBorderLeft(100)
setBorderColor
- setBorderColor(r, g, b)
- Sets the color of the main windows border that you can create either with setBorderTop(), setBorderBottom(), setBorderLeft(), setBorderRight(), or via the main window settings.
- See Also: setBorderTop(), setBorderBottom(), setBorderLeft(), setBorderRight()
- Parameters
- r:
- Amount of red to use, from 0 to 255.
- g:
- Amount of green to use, from 0 to 255.
- b:
- Amount of blue to use, from 0 to 255.
- Example
-- set the border to be completely blue
setBorderColor(0, 0, 255)
-- or red, using a name
setBorderColor( unpack(color_table.red) )
setBorderLeft
- setBorderLeft(size)
- Sets the size of the left border of the main window in pixels. A border means that the MUD text won't go on it, so this gives you room to place your graphical elements there.
- See Also: setBorderColor()
- Parameters
- size:
- Width of the border in pixels - with 0 indicating no border.
- Example
setBorderLeft(100)
setBorderRight
- setBorderRight(size)
- Sets the size of the right border of the main window in pixels. A border means that the MUD text won't go on it, so this gives you room to place your graphical elements there.
- See Also: setBorderColor()
- Parameters
- size:
- Width of the border in pixels - with 0 indicating no border.
- Example
setBorderRight(100)
setBorderTop
- setBorderTop(size)
- Sets the size of the top border of the main window in pixels. A border means that the MUD text won't go on it, so this gives you room to place your graphical elements there.
- See Also: setBorderColor()
- Parameters
- size:
- Height of the border in pixels - with 0 indicating no border.
- Example
setBorderTop(100)
setFgColor
- setFgColor([windowName],r, g, b)
- Sets the current text foreground color in the main window unless windowName parameter given.
- windowName:
- (optional) either be none or "main" for the main console, or a miniconsole / userwindow name.
- r:
- The red component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255
- g:
- The green component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255
- b:
- The blue component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255
- See also: setBgColor(), setHexFgColor(), setHexBgColor()
- Example
--highlights the first occurrence of the string "Tom" in the current line with a red foreground color.
selectString( "Tom", 1 )
setFgColor( 255,0,0 )
setButtonStyleSheet
- setButtonStyleSheet(button, markup)
- Applies Qt style formatting to a button via a special markup language.
- Parameters
- button:
- The name of the button to be formatted.
- markup:
- The string instructions, as specified by the Qt Style Sheet reference.
- Example
setLabelStyleSheet("my test button", [[
background-color: white;
border: 10px solid green;
font-size: 12px;
]])
setFont
- setFont(name, font)
- Sets the font on the given window or console name. Can be used to change font of the main console, miniconsoles, and userwindows. Use a monospaced font - non-monospace fonts are not supported in Mudlet. See here for more.
- See also: getFont(), setFontSize(), getFontSize(), openUserWindow(), getAvailableFonts()
- Parameters
- name:
- Optional - the window name to set font size of - can either be none or "main" for the main console, or a miniconsole / userwindow name.
- font:
- The font to use.
Note:
Available in Mudlet 3.9+
- Example
-- The following will set the "main" console window font to Ubuntu Mono, another font included in Mudlet.
setFont("Ubuntu Mono")
setFont("main", "Ubuntu Mono")
-- This will set the font size of a miniconsole named "combat" to Ubuntu Mono.
setFont("combat", "Ubuntu Mono")
setFontSize
- setFontSize(name, size)
- Sets a font size on the given window or console name. Can be used to change font size of the Main console as well as dockable UserWindows.
- See Also: getFontSize(), openUserWindow()
- Parameters
- name:
- Optional - the window name to set font size of - can either be none or "main" for the main console, or a UserWindow name.
- size:
- The font size to apply to the window.
Note:
Available in Mudlet 3.4+
- Example
-- The following will set the "main" console window font to 12-point font.
setFontSize(12)
setFontSize("main", 12)
-- This will set the font size of a user window named "uw1" to 12-point font.
setFontSize("uw1", 12)
setGauge
- setGauge(gaugeName, currentValue, maxValue, gaugeText)
- Use this function when you want to change the gauges look according to your values. Typical usage would be in a prompt with your current health or whatever value, and throw in some variables instead of the numbers.
- See also: moveGauge(), createGauge(), setGaugeText()
- Example
-- create a gauge
createGauge("healthBar", 300, 20, 30, 300, nil, "green")
--Change the looks of the gauge named healthBar and make it
--fill to half of its capacity. The height is always remembered.
setGauge("healthBar", 200, 400)
--If you wish to change the text on your gauge, you’d do the following:
setGauge("healthBar", 200, 400, "some text")
setGaugeStyleSheet
- setGaugeStyleSheet(gaugeName, css, cssback, csstext)
- Sets the CSS stylesheets on a gauge - one on the front (the part that resizes accoding to the values on the gauge) and one in the back.
- Example
setGaugeStyleSheet("hp_bar", [[background-color: QLinearGradient( x1: 0, y1: 0, x2: 0, y2: 1, stop: 0 #f04141, stop: 0.1 #ef2929, stop: 0.49 #cc0000, stop: 0.5 #a40000, stop: 1 #cc0000);
border-top: 1px black solid;
border-left: 1px black solid;
border-bottom: 1px black solid;
border-radius: 7;
padding: 3px;]],
[[background-color: QLinearGradient( x1: 0, y1: 0, x2: 0, y2: 1, stop: 0 #bd3333, stop: 0.1 #bd2020, stop: 0.49 #990000, stop: 0.5 #700000, stop: 1 #990000);
border-width: 1px;
border-color: black;
border-style: solid;
border-radius: 7;
padding: 3px;]])
setGaugeText
- setGaugeText(gaugename, css, ccstext )
- Set the formatting of the text used inside the inserted gaugename.
- Example
setGaugeText("healthBar", [[<p style="font-weight:bold;color:#C9C9C9;letter-spacing:1pt;word-spacing:2pt;font-size:12px;text-align:center;font-family:arial black, sans-serif;">]]..MY_NUMERIC_VARIABLE_HERE..[[</p>]])
- Useful resources
- http://csstxt.com - Generate the text exactly how you like it before pasting it into the css slot.
- https://www.w3schools.com/colors/colors_picker.asp - Can help you choose colors for your text!
setHexBgColor
- setHexFgColor([windowName], hexColorString)
- Sets the current text nackground color in the main window unless windowName parameter given. This function allows to specify the color as a 6 character hexadecimal string.
- windowName:
- Optional parameter set the current text background color in windowname given.
- hexColorString
- 6 character long hexadecimal string to set the color to. The first two characters 00-FF represent the red part of the color, the next two the green and the last two characters stand for the blue part of the color
- See also: setBgColor(), setHexFgColor()
- Example
--highlights the first occurrence of the string "Tom" in the current line with a red Background color.
selectString( "Tom", 1 )
setHexBgColor( "FF0000" )
setHexFgColor
- setHexFgColor([windowName], hexColorString)
- Sets the current text foreground color in the main window unless windowName parameter given. This function allows to specify the color as a 6 character hexadecimal string.
- windowName:
- Optional parameter set the current text foreground color in windowname given.
- hexColorString
- 6 character long hexadecimal string to set the color to. The first two characters 00-FF represent the red part of the color, the next two the green and the last two characters stand for the blue part of the color
- See also: setFgColor(), setHexBgColor()
- Example
--highlights the first occurrence of the string "Tom" in the current line with a red foreground color.
selectString( "Tom", 1 )
setHexFgColor( "FF0000" )
setItalics
- setItalics(windowName, bool)
- Sets the current text font to italics/non-italics mode. If the windowName parameters omitted, the main screen will be used.
setLabelClickCallback
- setLabelClickCallback(labelName, luaFunctionName, [any arguments])
- Specifies a Lua function to be called if the user clicks on the label/image. This function can pass any number of string or integer number values as additional parameters. These parameters are then used in the callback - thus you can associate data with the label/button. Additionally, this function passes an event table as the final argument. This table contains information about the mouse button clicked, other buttons that were pressed at the time, and the mouse cursor's local (relative to the label) and global (relative to the Mudlet window) position. The function specified in luaFunctionName is called like so:
luaFuncName(optional number of arguments, event)
where event has the following structure:
event = {
x = 100,
y = 200,
globalX = 300,
globalY = 320,
button = "LeftButton",
buttons = {"RightButton", "MidButton"},
}
- See also: setLabelDoubleClickCallback(), setLabelReleaseCallback(), setLabelMoveCallback(), setLabelWheelCallback(),setLabelOnEnter(), setLabelOnLeave()
- Parameters
- labelName:
- The name of the label to attach a callback function to.
- luaFunctionName:
- The Lua function name to call, as a string.
- any arguments:
- (optional) Any amount of arguments you'd like to pass to the calling function.
Note:
Event argument only available in 3.6+
Note:
While event.button may contain a single string of any listed below, event.buttons will only ever contain some combination of "LeftButton", "MidButton", and "RightButton"
- The following mouse button strings are defined:
"LeftButton" "RightButton" "MidButton" "BackButton" "ForwardButton" "TaskButton" "ExtraButton4" "ExtraButton5" "ExtraButton6" "ExtraButton7" "ExtraButton8" "ExtraButton9" "ExtraButton10" "ExtraButton11" "ExtraButton12" "ExtraButton13" "ExtraButton14" "ExtraButton15" "ExtraButton16" "ExtraButton17" "ExtraButton18" "ExtraButton19" "ExtraButton20" "ExtraButton21" "ExtraButton22" "ExtraButton23" "ExtraButton24"
- Example
function onClickGoNorth(event)
if event.button == "LeftButton" then
send("walk north")
else if event.button == "RightButton" then
send("swim north")
else if event.button == "MidButton" then
send("gallop north")
end
end
setLabelClickCallback( "compassNorthImage", "onClickGoNorth" )
-- you can also use them within tables now:
mynamespace = {
onClickGoNorth = function()
echo("the north button was clicked!")
end
}
setLabelClickCallback( "compassNorthImage", "mynamespace.onClickGoNorth" )
setLabelDoubleClickCallback
- setLabelDoubleClickCallback(labelName, luaFunctionName, [any arguments])
- Specifies a Lua function to be called if the user double clicks on the label/image. This function can pass any number of string or integer number values as additional parameters. These parameters are then used in the callback - thus you can associate data with the label/button. Additionally, this function passes an event table as the final argument, as in setLabelClickCallback()
Note:
Available in Mudlet 3.6+
- See also: setLabelClickCallback(), setLabelReleaseCallback(), setLabelMoveCallback(), setLabelWheelCallback(), setLabelOnEnter(), setLabelOnLeave()
- Parameters
- labelName:
- The name of the label to attach a callback function to.
- luaFunctionName:
- The Lua function name to call, as a string.
- any arguments:
- (optional) Any amount of arguments you'd like to pass to the calling function.
setLabelMoveCallback
- setLabelMoveCallback(labelName, luaFunctionName, [any arguments])
- Specifies a Lua function to be called when the mouse moves while inside the specified label/console. This function can pass any number of string or integer number values as additional parameters. These parameters are then used in the callback - thus you can associate data with the label/button. Additionally, this function passes an event table as the final argument, as in setLabelClickCallback()
- See Also: setLabelClickCallback(), setLabelDoubleClickCallback(), setLabelReleaseCallback(), setLabelWheelCallback(), setLabelOnEnter(), setLabelOnLeave()
- Parameters
- labelName:
- The name of the label to attach a callback function to.
- luaFunctionName:
- The Lua function name to call, as a string.
- any arguments:
- (optional) Any amount of arguments you'd like to pass to the calling function.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.6
setLabelOnEnter
- setLabelOnEnter(labelName, luaFunctionName, [any arguments])
- Specifies a Lua function to be called when the mouse enters within the labels borders. This function can pass any number of string or integer number values as additional parameters. These parameters are then used in the callback - thus you can associate data with the label/button. Additionally, this function passes an event table as the final argument, similar to setLabelClickCallback(), but with slightly different information.
- For this callback, the event argument has the following structure:
event = {
x = 100,
y = 200,
globalX = 300,
globalY = 320,
}
- See Also: setLabelClickCallback(), setLabelDoubleClickCallback(), setLabelReleaseCallback(), setLabelMoveCallback(), setLabelWheelCallback(), setLabelOnLeave()
- Parameters
- labelName:
- The name of the label to attach a callback function to.
- luaFunctionName:
- The Lua function name to call, as a string - it must be registered as a global function, and not inside any namespaces (tables).
- any arguments:
- (optional) Any amount of arguments you'd like to pass to the calling function.
- Example
function onMouseOver()
echo("The mouse is hovering over the label!\n")
end
setLabelOnEnter( "compassNorthImage", "onMouseOver" )
setLabelOnLeave
- setLabelClickCallback(labelName, luaFunctionName, [any arguments])
- Specifies a Lua function to be called when the mouse leaves the labels borders. This function can pass any number of string or integer number values as additional parameters. These parameters are then used in the callback - thus you can associate data with the label/button.
- See Also: setLabelClickCallback(), setLabelOnEnter()
- Parameters
- labelName:
- The name of the label to attach a callback function to.
- luaFunctionName:
- The Lua function name to call, as a string - it must be registered as a global function, and not inside any namespaces (tables).
- any arguments:
- (optional) Any amount of arguments you'd like to pass to the calling function.
- Example
function onMouseLeft(argument)
echo("The mouse quit hovering over the label the label! We also got this as data on the function: "..argument)
end
setLabelOnLeave( "compassNorthImage", "onMouseLeft", "argument to pass to function" )
setLabelReleaseCallback
- setLabelReleaseCallback(labelName, luaFunctionName, [any arguments])
- Specifies a Lua function to be called when a mouse click ends that originated on the specified label/console. This function is called even if you drag the mouse off of the label/console before releasing the click. This function can pass any number of string or integer number values as additional parameters. These parameters are then used in the callback - thus you can associate data with the label/button. Additionally, this function passes an event table as the final argument, as in setLabelClickCallback()
- See Also: setLabelClickCallback(), setLabelDoubleClickCallback(), setLabelMoveCallback(), setLabelWheelCallback(), setLabelOnEnter(), setLabelOnLeave()
- Parameters
- labelName:
- The name of the label to attach a callback function to.
- luaFunctionName:
- The Lua function name to call, as a string.
- any arguments:
- (optional) Any amount of arguments you'd like to pass to the calling function.
Note:
This command was added in version 3.0.0
Note:
The event argument only available since Mudlet 3.6
- Example
function onReleaseNorth()
echo("the north button was released!")
end
setLabelReleaseCallback( "compassNorthImage", "onReleaseNorth" )
-- you can also use them within tables:
mynamespace = {
onReleaseNorth = function()
echo("the north button was released!")
end
}
setLabelReleaseCallback( "compassNorthImage", "mynamespace.onReleaseNorth" )
setLabelStyleSheet
- setLabelStyleSheet(label, markup)
- Applies Qt style formatting to a label via a special markup language.
- Parameters
- label:
- The name of the label to be formatted (passed when calling createLabel).
- markup:
- The string instructions, as specified by the Qt Style Sheet reference.
- Note that when specifying a file path for styling purposes, forward slashes, / , must be used, even if your OS uses backslashes, \ , normally.
- Example
-- This creates a label with a white background and a green border, with the text "test"
-- inside.
createLabel("test", 50, 50, 100, 100, 0)
setLabelStyleSheet("test", [[
background-color: white;
border: 10px solid green;
font-size: 12px;
]])
echo("test", "test")
-- This creates a label with a single image, that will tile or clip depending on the
-- size of the label. To use this example, please supply your own image.
createLabel("test5", 50, 353, 164, 55, 0)
setLabelStyleSheet("test5", [[
background-image: url(C:/Users/Administrator/.config/mudlet/profiles/Midkemia Online/Vyzor/MkO_logo.png);
]])
-- This creates a label with a single image, that can be resized (such as during a
-- sysWindowResizeEvent). To use this example, please supply your own image.
createLabel("test9", 215, 353, 100, 100, 0)
setLabelStyleSheet("test9", [[
border-image: url(C:/Users/Administrator/.config/mudlet/profiles/Midkemia Online/Vyzor/MkO_logo.png);
]])
setLabelWheelCallback
- setLabelWheelCallback(labelName, luaFunctionName, [any arguments])
- Specifies a Lua function to be called when the mouse wheel is scrolled while inside the specified label/console. This function can pass any number of string or integer number values as additional parameters. These parameters are then used in the callback - thus you can associate data with the label/button. Additionally, this function passes an event table as the final argument, similar to setLabelClickCallback(), but with slightly different information.
- For this callback, the event argument has the following structure:
event = {
x = 100,
y = 200,
globalX = 300,
globalY = 320,
buttons = {"RightButton", "MidButton"},
angleDeltaX = 0,
angleDeltaY = 120
}
- Keys angleDeltaX and angleDeltaY correspond with the horizontal and vertical scroll distance, respectively. For most mice, these values will be multiples of 120.
- See Also: setLabelClickCallback(), setLabelDoubleClickCallback(), setLabelReleaseCallback(), setLabelMoveCallback(), setLabelOnEnter(), setLabelOnLeave()
- Parameters
- labelName:
- The name of the label to attach a callback function to.
- luaFunctionName:
- The Lua function name to call, as a string.
- any arguments:
- (optional) Any amount of arguments you'd like to pass to the calling function.
Note:
Available since Mudlet 3.6
- Example
function onWheelNorth(event)
if event.angleDeltaY > 0 then
echo("the north button was wheeled forwards over!")
else
echo("the north button was wheeled backwards over!")
end
end
setLabelWheelCallback( "compassNorthImage", "onWheelNorth" )
-- you can also use them within tables:
mynamespace = {
onWheelNorth = function()
echo("the north button was wheeled over!")
end
}
setWheelReleaseCallback( "compassNorthImage", "mynamespace.onWheelNorth" )
setLink
- setLink([windowName], command, tooltip)
- Turns the selected() text into a clickable link - upon being clicked, the link will do the command code. Tooltip is a string which will be displayed when the mouse is over the selected text.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- (optional) name of a miniconsole or a userwindow in which to select the text in.
- command:
- command to do when the text is clicked.
- tooltip:
- tooltip to show when the mouse is over the text - explaining what would clicking do.
- Example
-- you can clickify a lot of things to save yourself some time - for example, you can change
-- the line where you receive a message to be clickable to read it!
-- prel regex trigger:
-- ^You just received message #(\w+) from \w+\.$
-- script:
selectString(matches[2], 1)
setUnderline(true) setLink([[send("msg read ]]..matches[2]..[[")]], "Read #"..matches[2])
resetFormat()
-- an example of selecting text in a miniconsole and turning it into a link:
HelloWorld = Geyser.MiniConsole:new({
name="HelloWorld",
x="70%", y="50%",
width="30%", height="50%",
})
HelloWorld:echo("hi")
selectString("HelloWorld", "hi", 1)
setLink("HelloWorld", "echo'you clicked hi!'", "click me!")
setMainWindowSize
- setMainWindowSize(mainWidth, mainHeight)
- Changes the size of your main Mudlet window to the values given.
- See Also: getMainWindowSize()
- Parameters
- mainWidth:
- The new width in pixels.
- mainHeight:
- The new height in pixels.
- Example
--this will resize your main Mudlet window
setMainWindowSize(1024, 768)
setMiniConsoleFontSize
- setMiniConsoleFontSize(name, fontSize)
- Sets the font size of the mini console. see also: createMiniConsole(), createLabel()
setOverline
- setOverline([windowName], boolean)
- Sets the current text font to be overlined (true) or not overlined (false) mode. If the windowName parameters omitted, the main screen will be used. If you've got text currently selected in the Mudlet buffer, then the selection will be overlined. Any text you add after with echo() or insertText() will be overlined until you use resetFormat().
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the window to set the text to be overlined or not.
- boolean:
- A true or false that enables or disables overlining of text
- Example
-- enable overlined text
setOverline(true)
-- the following echo will be have an overline
echo("hi")
-- turns off bolding, italics, underlines, colouring, and strikethrough (and, after this and reverse have been added, them as well). It's good practice to clean up after you're done with the formatting, so other your formatting doesn't "bleed" into other echoes.
resetFormat()
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17+
setPopup
- setPopup(windowName, {lua code}, {hints})
- Turns the selected() text into a left-clickable link, and a right-click menu for more options. The selected text, upon being left-clicked, will do the first command in the list. Upon being right-clicked, it'll display a menu with all possible commands. The menu will be populated with hints, one for each line.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- the name of the console to operate on. If not using this in a miniConsole, use "main" as the name.
- {lua code}:
- a table of lua code strings to do. ie,
{[[send("hello")]], [[echo("hi!"]]}
- {hints}:
- a table of strings which will be shown on the popup and right-click menu. ie,
{"send the hi command", "echo hi to yourself"}
.
- Example
-- In a `Raising your hand in greeting, you say "Hello!"` exact match trigger,
-- the following code will make left-clicking on `Hello` show you an echo, while right-clicking
-- will show some commands you can do.
selectString("Hello", 1)
setPopup("main", {[[send("bye")]], [[echo("hi!")]]}, {"left-click or right-click and do first item to send bye", "click to echo hi"})
setReverse
- setReverse([windowName], boolean)
- Sets the current text to swap foreground and background color settings (true) or not (false) mode. If the windowName parameters omitted, the main screen will be used. If you've got text currently selected in the Mudlet buffer, then the selection will have it's colors swapped. Any text you add after with echo() or insertText() will have their foreground and background colors swapped until you use resetFormat().
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the window to set the text colors to be reversed or not.
- boolean:
- A true or false that enables or disables reversing of the fore- and back-ground colors of text
- Example
-- enable fore/back-ground color reversal of text
setReverse(true)
-- the following echo will have the text colors reversed
echo("hi")
-- turns off bolding, italics, underlines, colouring, and strikethrough (and, after this and overline have been added, them as well). It's good practice to clean up after you're done with the formatting, so other your formatting doesn't "bleed" into other echoes.
resetFormat()
Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17+
Note: Although the visual effect on-screen is the same as that of text being selected if both apply to a piece of text they neutralise each other - however the effect of the reversal will be carried over in copies made by the "Copy to HTML" and in logs made in HTML format log file mode.
setStrikeOut
- setStrikeOut([windowName], boolean)
- Sets the current text font to be striken out (true) or not striken out (false) mode. If the windowName parameters omitted, the main screen will be used. If you've got text currently selected in the Mudlet buffer, then the selection will be bolded. Any text you add after with echo() or insertText() will be striken out until you use resetFormat().
- windowName:
- (optional) name of the window to set the text to be stricken out or not.
- boolean:
- A true or false that enables or disables striking out of text
- Example
-- enable striken-out text
setStrikeOut(true)
-- the following echo will be have a strikethrough
echo("hi")
-- turns off bolding, italics, underlines, colouring, and strikethrough. It's good practice to clean up after you're done with the formatting, so other your formatting doesn't "bleed" into other echoes.
resetFormat()
setTextFormat
- setTextFormat(windowName, r1, g1, b1, r2, g2, b2, bold, underline, italics[, strikeout])
- Sets current text format of selected window. This is a more convenient means to set all the individual features at once compared to using setFgColor( windowName, r,g,b ), setBold( windowName, true ), setItalics( windowName, true ), setUnderline( windowName, true ), setStrikeOut( windowName, true ).
- Parameters
- windowName
- Specify name of selected window. If empty string "" or "main" format will be applied to the main console
- r1,g1,b1
- To color text background, give number values in RBG style
- r2,g2,b2
- To color text foreground, give number values in RBG style
- bold
- To format text bold, set to 1 or true, otherwise 0 or false
- underline
- To underline text, set to 1 or true, otherwise 0 or false
- italics
- To format text italic, set to 1 or true, otherwise 0 or false
- strikeout
- (optional) To strike text out, set to 1 or true, otherwise 0 or false or simply no argument
- Example
--This script would create a mini text console and write with bold, struck-out, yellow foreground color and blue background color "This is a test".
createMiniConsole( "con1", 0,0,300,100);
setTextFormat("con1",0,0,255,255,255,0,true,0,false,1);
echo("con1","This is a test")
Note: In versions prior to 3.7.0 the error messages and this wiki were wrong in that they had the foreground color parameters as r1, g1 and b1 and the background ones as r2, g2 and b2.
setUnderline
- setUnderline(windowName, bool)
- Sets the current text font to underline/non-underline mode. If the windowName parameters omitted, the main screen will be used.
setWindowWrap
- setWindowWrap(windowName, wrapAt)
- sets at what position in the line the will start word wrap.
- Parameters
- windowName:
- Name of the "main" console or user-created miniconsole which you want to be wrapped differently. If you want to wrap the main window, use windowName "main".
- wrapAt:
- Number of characters at which the wrap must happen at the latest. This means, it probably will be wrapped earlier than that.
- Example
setWindowWrap("main", 10)
display("This is just a test")
-- The following output will result in the main window console:
"This is
just a
test"
showCaptureGroups
- showCaptureGroups()
- Lua debug function that highlights in random colors all capture groups in your trigger regex on the screen. This is very handy if you make complex regex and want to see what really matches in the text. This function is defined in LuaGlobal.lua.
- Example
- Make a trigger with the regex (\w+) and call this function in a trigger. All words in the text will be highlighted in random colors.
showMultimatches
- showMultimatches()
- Lua helper function to show you what the table multimatches[n][m] contains. This is very useful when debugging multiline triggers - just doing showMultimatches() in your script will make it give the info.
showWindow
- showWindow(name)
- Makes a hidden window (label or miniconsole) be shown again.
- See also: hideWindow()
showColors
- showColors([columns], [filterColor], [sort])
- shows the named colors currently available in Mudlet's color table. These colors are stored in color_table, in table form. The format is color_table.colorName = {r, g, b}.
- Parameters
- columns:
- (optional) number of columns to print the color table in.
- filterColor:
- (optional) filter text. If given, the colors displayed will be limited to only show colors containing this text.
- sort:
- (optional) sort colors alphabetically.
- Example
-- display as four columns:
showColors(4)
-- show only red colours:
showColors("red")
The output for this is:
showToolBar
- showToolBar(name)
- Makes a toolbar (a button group) appear on the screen.
- Parameters
- name:
- name of the button group to display
- Example
showToolBar("my offensive buttons")
suffix
- suffix(text, [writingFunction], [foregroundColor], [backgroundColor], [windowName])
- Suffixes text at the end of the current line. This is similar to echo(), which also suffixes text at the end of the line, but different - echo() makes sure to do it on the last line in the buffer, while suffix does it on the line the cursor is currently on.
- Parameters
- text
- the information you want to prefix
- writingFunction
- optional parameter, allows the selection of different functions to be used to write the text, valid options are: echo, cecho, decho, and hecho.
- foregroundColor
- optional parameter, allows a foreground color to be specified if using the echo function using a color name, as with the fg() function
- backgroundColor
- optional parameter, allows a background color to be specified if using the echo function using a color name, as with the bg() function
- windowName
- optional parameter, allows the selection a miniconsole or the main window for the line that will be prefixed
wrapLine
- wrapLine(windowName, lineNumber)
- wraps the line specified by lineNumber of mini console (window) windowName. This function will interpret \n characters, apply word wrap and display the new lines on the screen. This function may be necessary if you use deleteLine() and thus erase the entire current line in the buffer, but you want to do some further echo() calls after calling deleteLine(). You will then need to re-wrap the last line of the buffer to actually see what you have echoed and get your \n interpreted as newline characters properly. Using this function is no good programming practice and should be avoided. There are better ways of handling situations where you would call deleteLine() and echo afterwards e.g.:
selectString(line,1)
replace("")
This will effectively have the same result as a call to deleteLine() but the buffer line will not be entirely removed. Consequently, further calls to echo() etc. sort of functions are possible without using wrapLine() unnecessarily.
- See Also: replace(), deleteLine()
- Parameters
- windowName:
- The miniconsole or the main window (use main for the main window)
- lineNumber:
- The line number which you'd like re-wrapped.
- Example
-- re-wrap the last line in the main window
wrapLine("main", getLineCount())